mirrors/libguestfs
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/libguestfs/libguestfs.git synced 2026-03-22 07:03:38 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Files
d428c6fee8b6b4b918f535abbc10b36810dd559e
libguestfs/generator/actions_core.ml
Richard W.M. Jones 7833461af7 generator: Deprecate xfs_info (replaced by xfs_info2) 
Deprecate this function, and suggest using xfs_info2 as its
replacement.
2026-01-26 14:40:39 +00:00

9628 lines
364 KiB
Standard ML
Raw Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters
This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
(* libguestfs
* Copyright (C) 2009-2025 Red Hat Inc.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*)
(* Please read generator/README first. *)
open Utils
open Types
(* "Core" APIs. *)
let non_daemon_functions = [
{ defaults with
name = "launch"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [], [];
fish_alias = ["run"]; progress = true; config_only = true;
shortdesc = "launch the backend";
longdesc = {|You should call this after configuring the handle
(eg. adding drives) but before performing any actions.
Do not call C<guestfs_launch> twice on the same handle. Although
it will not give an error (for historical reasons), the precise
behaviour when you do this is not well defined. Handles are
very cheap to create, so create a new one for each launch.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "add_drive_ro"; added = (1, 0, 38);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "filename")], [];
fish_alias = ["add-ro"]; config_only = true;
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "add a drive in snapshot mode (read-only)";
longdesc = "\
This function is the equivalent of calling C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>
with the optional parameter C<GUESTFS_ADD_DRIVE_OPTS_READONLY> set to 1,
so the disk is added read-only, with the format being detected
automatically." };
{ defaults with
name = "config"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "hvparam"); OptString "hvvalue"], [];
config_only = true;
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "add hypervisor parameters";
longdesc = {|This can be used to add arbitrary hypervisor parameters of the
form I<-param value>. Actually it’s not quite arbitrary - we
prevent you from setting some parameters which would interfere with
parameters that we use.
The first character of C<hvparam> string must be a C<-> (dash).
C<hvvalue> can be NULL.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_ready"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RBool "ready", [], [];
visibility = VStateTest;
blocking = false;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_ready"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "is ready to accept commands";
longdesc = "\
This returns true iff this handle is ready to accept commands
(in the C<READY> state).
For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_config"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RBool "config", [], [];
blocking = false;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_config"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "is in configuration state";
longdesc = "\
This returns true iff this handle is being configured
(in the C<CONFIG> state).
For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_launching"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RBool "launching", [], [];
visibility = VStateTest;
blocking = false;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_launching"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "is launching subprocess";
longdesc = "\
This returns true iff this handle is launching the subprocess
(in the C<LAUNCHING> state).
For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_busy"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RBool "busy", [], [];
visibility = VStateTest;
blocking = false;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_busy"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "is busy processing a command";
longdesc = "\
This always returns false. This function is deprecated with no
replacement. Do not use this function.
For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "get_state"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RInt "state", [], [];
visibility = VStateTest;
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "get the current state";
longdesc = "\
This returns the current state as an opaque integer. This is
only useful for printing debug and internal error messages.
For more information on states, see L<guestfs(3)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "readdir"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RStructList ("entries", "dirent"), [String (Pathname, "dir")], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "read directories entries";
longdesc = {|This returns the list of directory entries in directory C<dir>.
All entries in the directory are returned, including C<.> and
C<..>. The entries are I<not> sorted, but returned in the same
order as the underlying filesystem.
Also this call returns basic file type information about each
file. The C<ftyp> field will contain one of the following characters:
=over 4
=item 'b'
Block special
=item 'c'
Char special
=item 'd'
Directory
=item 'f'
FIFO (named pipe)
=item 'l'
Symbolic link
=item 'r'
Regular file
=item 's'
Socket
=item 'u'
Unknown file type
=item '?'
The L<readdir(3)> call returned a C<d_type> field with an
unexpected value
=back
This function is primarily intended for use by programs. To
get a simple list of names, use C<guestfs_ls>. To get a printable
directory for human consumption, use C<guestfs_ll>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "version"; added = (1, 0, 58);
style = RStruct ("version", "version"), [], [];
blocking = false;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResult (
[["version"]], "ret->major == 1"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the library version number";
longdesc = {|Return the libguestfs version number that the program is linked
against.
Note that because of dynamic linking this is not necessarily
the version of libguestfs that you compiled against. You can
compile the program, and then at runtime dynamically link
against a completely different F<libguestfs.so> library.
This call was added in version C<1.0.58>. In previous
versions of libguestfs there was no way to get the version
number. From C code you can use dynamic linker functions
to find out if this symbol exists (if it doesn't, then
it’s an earlier version).
The call returns a structure with four elements. The first
three (C<major>, C<minor> and C<release>) are numbers and
correspond to the usual version triplet. The fourth element
(C<extra>) is a string and is normally empty, but may be
used for distro-specific information.
To construct the original version string:
C<$major.$minor.$release$extra>
See also: L<guestfs(3)/LIBGUESTFS VERSION NUMBERS>.
I<Note:> Don't use this call to test for availability
of features. In enterprise distributions we backport
features from later versions into earlier versions,
making this an unreliable way to test for features.
Use C<guestfs_available> or C<guestfs_feature_available> instead.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mountable_device"; added = (1, 33, 15);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
shortdesc = "extract the device part of a mountable";
longdesc = {|Returns the device name of a mountable. In quite a lot of
cases, the mountable is the device name.
However this doesn't apply for btrfs subvolumes, where the
mountable is a combination of both the device name and the
subvolume path (see also C<guestfs_mountable_subvolume> to
extract the subvolume path of the mountable if any).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mountable_subvolume"; added = (1, 33, 15);
style = RString (RPlainString, "subvolume"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
shortdesc = "extract the subvolume part of a mountable";
longdesc = {|Returns the subvolume path of a mountable. Btrfs subvolumes
mountables are a combination of both the device name and the
subvolume path (see also C<guestfs_mountable_device> to extract
the device of the mountable).
If the mountable does not represent a btrfs subvolume, then
this function fails and the C<errno> is set to C<EINVAL>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "add_drive"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "filename")], [OBool "readonly"; OString "format"; OString "iface"; OString "name"; OString "label"; OString "protocol"; OStringList "server"; OString "username"; OString "secret"; OString "cachemode"; OString "discard"; OBool "copyonread"; OInt "blocksize"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
blocking = false;
fish_alias = ["add"];
shortdesc = "add an image to examine or modify";
longdesc = {|This function adds a disk image called F<filename> to the handle.
F<filename> may be a regular host file or a host device.
When this function is called before C<guestfs_launch> (the
usual case) then the first time you call this function,
the disk appears in the API as F</dev/sda>, the second time
as F</dev/sdb>, and so on.
You don't necessarily need to be root when using libguestfs. However
you obviously do need sufficient permissions to access the filename
for whatever operations you want to perform (ie. read access if you
just want to read the image or write access if you want to modify the
image).
This call checks that F<filename> exists.
F<filename> may be the special string C<"/dev/null">.
See L<guestfs(3)/NULL DISKS>.
The optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<readonly>
If true then the image is treated as read-only. Writes are still
allowed, but they are stored in a temporary snapshot overlay which
is discarded at the end. The disk that you add is not modified.
=item C<format>
This forces the image format. If you omit this (or use C<guestfs_add_drive>
or C<guestfs_add_drive_ro>) then the format is automatically detected.
Possible formats include C<raw> and C<qcow2>.
Automatic detection of the format opens you up to a potential
security hole when dealing with untrusted raw-format images.
See CVE-2010-3851 and RHBZ#642934. Specifying the format closes
this security hole.
=item C<iface>
This rarely-used option lets you emulate the behaviour of the
deprecated C<guestfs_add_drive_with_if> call (q.v.)
=item C<name>
This field used to be passed as a hint for guest inspection, but
it is no longer used.
=item C<label>
Give the disk a label. The label should be a unique, short
string using I<only> ASCII characters C<[a-zA-Z]>.
As well as its usual name in the API (such as F</dev/sda>),
the drive will also be named F</dev/disk/guestfs/I<label>>.
See L<guestfs(3)/DISK LABELS>.
=item C<protocol>
The optional protocol argument can be used to select an alternate
source protocol.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/REMOTE STORAGE>.
=over 4
=item C<protocol = "file">
F<filename> is interpreted as a local file or device.
This is the default if the optional protocol parameter
is omitted.
=item C<protocol = "ftp"|"ftps"|"http"|"https">
Connect to a remote FTP or HTTP server.
The C<server> parameter must also be supplied - see below.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/FTP AND HTTP>
=item C<protocol = "iscsi">
Connect to the iSCSI server.
The C<server> parameter must also be supplied - see below.
The C<username> parameter may be supplied. See below.
The C<secret> parameter may be supplied. See below.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/ISCSI>.
=item C<protocol = "nbd">
Connect to the Network Block Device server.
The C<server> parameter must also be supplied - see below.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/NETWORK BLOCK DEVICE>.
=item C<protocol = "rbd">
Connect to the Ceph (librbd/RBD) server.
The C<server> parameter must also be supplied - see below.
The C<username> parameter may be supplied. See below.
The C<secret> parameter may be supplied. See below.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/CEPH>.
=item C<protocol = "ssh">
Connect to the Secure Shell (ssh) server.
The C<server> parameter must be supplied.
The C<username> parameter may be supplied. See below.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/SSH>.
=back
=item C<server>
For protocols which require access to a remote server, this
is a list of server(s).
Protocol Number of servers required
-------- --------------------------
file List must be empty or param not used at all
ftp|ftps|http|https Exactly one
iscsi Exactly one
nbd Exactly one
rbd Zero or more
ssh Exactly one
Each list element is a string specifying a server. The string must be
in one of the following formats:
hostname
hostname:port
tcp:hostname
tcp:hostname:port
unix:/path/to/socket
If the port number is omitted, then the standard port number
for the protocol is used (see F</etc/services>).
=item C<username>
For the C<ftp>, C<ftps>, C<http>, C<https>, C<iscsi>, C<rbd> and C<ssh>
protocols, this specifies the remote username.
If not given, then the local username is used for C<ssh>, and no authentication
is attempted for ceph. But note this sometimes may give unexpected results, for
example if using the libvirt backend and if the libvirt backend is configured to
start the qemu appliance as a special user such as C<qemu.qemu>. If in doubt,
specify the remote username you want.
=item C<secret>
For the C<rbd> protocol only, this specifies the ‘secret’ to use when
connecting to the remote device. It must be base64 encoded.
If not given, then a secret matching the given username will be looked up in the
default keychain locations, or if no username is given, then no authentication
will be used.
=item C<cachemode>
Choose whether or not libguestfs will obey sync operations (safe but slow)
or not (unsafe but fast). The possible values for this string are:
=over 4
=item C<cachemode = "writeback">
This is the default.
Write operations in the API do not return until a L<write(2)>
call has completed in the host [but note this does not imply
that anything gets written to disk].
Sync operations in the API, including implicit syncs caused by
filesystem journalling, will not return until an L<fdatasync(2)>
call has completed in the host, indicating that data has been
committed to disk.
=item C<cachemode = "unsafe">
In this mode, there are no guarantees. Libguestfs may cache
anything and ignore sync requests. This is suitable only
for scratch or temporary disks.
=back
=item C<discard>
Enable or disable discard (a.k.a. trim or unmap) support on this
drive. If enabled, operations such as C<guestfs_fstrim> will be able
to discard / make thin / punch holes in the underlying host file
or device.
Possible discard settings are:
=over 4
=item C<discard = "disable">
Disable discard support. This is the default.
=item C<discard = "enable">
Enable discard support. Fail if discard is not possible.
=item C<discard = "besteffort">
Enable discard support if possible, but don't fail if it is not
supported.
Since not all backends and not all underlying systems support
discard, this is a good choice if you want to use discard if
possible, but don't mind if it doesn't work.
=back
=item C<copyonread>
The boolean parameter C<copyonread> enables copy-on-read support.
This only affects disk formats which have backing files, and causes
reads to be stored in the overlay layer, speeding up multiple reads
of the same area of disk.
The default is false.
=item C<blocksize>
This parameter sets the sector size of the disk. Possible values are
C<512> (the default if the parameter is omitted) or C<4096>. Use
C<4096> when handling an "Advanced Format" disk that uses 4K sector
size (L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Format>).
Only a subset of the backends support this parameter (currently only the
libvirt and direct backends do).
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "add_domain"; added = (1, 7, 4);
style = RInt "nrdisks", [String (PlainString, "dom")], [OString "libvirturi"; OBool "readonly"; OString "iface"; OBool "live"; OBool "allowuuid"; OString "readonlydisk"; OString "cachemode"; OString "discard"; OBool "copyonread"];
fish_alias = ["domain"]; config_only = true;
shortdesc = "add the disk(s) from a named libvirt domain";
longdesc = {|This function adds the disk(s) attached to the named libvirt
domain C<dom>. It works by connecting to libvirt, requesting
the domain and domain XML from libvirt, parsing it for disks,
and calling C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> on each one.
The number of disks added is returned. This operation is atomic:
if an error is returned, then no disks are added.
This function does some minimal checks to make sure the libvirt
domain is not running (unless C<readonly> is true). In a future
version we will try to acquire the libvirt lock on each disk.
Disks must be accessible locally. This often means that adding disks
from a remote libvirt connection (see L<https://libvirt.org/remote.html>)
will fail unless those disks are accessible via the same device path
locally too.
The optional C<libvirturi> parameter sets the libvirt URI
(see L<https://libvirt.org/uri.html>). If this is not set then
we connect to the default libvirt URI (or one set through an
environment variable, see the libvirt documentation for full
details).
The optional C<live> flag is ignored in libguestfs E<ge> 1.48.
If the C<allowuuid> flag is true (default is false) then a UUID
I<may> be passed instead of the domain name. The C<dom> string is
treated as a UUID first and looked up, and if that lookup fails
then we treat C<dom> as a name as usual.
The optional C<readonlydisk> parameter controls what we do for
disks which are marked E<lt>readonly/E<gt> in the libvirt XML.
Possible values are:
=over 4
=item readonlydisk = "error"
If C<readonly> is false:
The whole call is aborted with an error if any disk with
the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag is found.
If C<readonly> is true:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are added read-only.
=item readonlydisk = "read"
If C<readonly> is false:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are added read-only.
Other disks are added read/write.
If C<readonly> is true:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are added read-only.
=item readonlydisk = "write" (default)
If C<readonly> is false:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are added read/write.
If C<readonly> is true:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are added read-only.
=item readonlydisk = "ignore"
If C<readonly> is true or false:
Disks with the E<lt>readonly/E<gt> flag are skipped.
=back
If present, the value of C<logical_block_size> attribute of E<lt>blockio/E<gt>
tag in libvirt XML will be passed as C<blocksize> parameter to
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.
The other optional parameters are passed directly through to
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "add_libvirt_dom"; added = (1, 29, 14);
style = RInt "nrdisks", [Pointer ("virDomainPtr", "dom")], [OBool "readonly"; OString "iface"; OBool "live"; OString "readonlydisk"; OString "cachemode"; OString "discard"; OBool "copyonread"];
config_only = true;
shortdesc = "add the disk(s) from a libvirt domain";
longdesc = {|This function adds the disk(s) attached to the libvirt domain C<dom>.
It works by requesting the domain XML from libvirt, parsing it for
disks, and calling C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> on each one.
In the C API we declare C<void *dom>, but really it has type
C<virDomainPtr dom>. This is so we don't need E<lt>libvirt.hE<gt>.
The number of disks added is returned. This operation is atomic:
if an error is returned, then no disks are added.
This function does some minimal checks to make sure the libvirt
domain is not running (unless C<readonly> is true). In a future
version we will try to acquire the libvirt lock on each disk.
Disks must be accessible locally. This often means that adding disks
from a remote libvirt connection (see L<https://libvirt.org/remote.html>)
will fail unless those disks are accessible via the same device path
locally too.
The optional C<live> flag is ignored in libguestfs E<ge> 1.48.
The optional C<readonlydisk> parameter controls what we do for
disks which are marked E<lt>readonly/E<gt> in the libvirt XML.
See C<guestfs_add_domain> for possible values.
If present, the value of C<logical_block_size> attribute of E<lt>blockio/E<gt>
tag in libvirt XML will be passed as C<blocksize> parameter to
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.
The other optional parameters are passed directly through to
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_local"; added = (1, 17, 22);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "localmountpoint")], [OBool "readonly"; OString "options"; OInt "cachetimeout"; OBool "debugcalls"];
shortdesc = "mount on the local filesystem";
longdesc = {|This call exports the libguestfs-accessible filesystem to
a local mountpoint (directory) called C<localmountpoint>.
Ordinary reads and writes to files and directories under
C<localmountpoint> are redirected through libguestfs.
If the optional C<readonly> flag is set to true, then
writes to the filesystem return error C<EROFS>.
C<options> is a comma-separated list of mount options.
See L<guestmount(1)> for some useful options.
C<cachetimeout> sets the timeout (in seconds) for cached directory
entries. The default is 60 seconds. See L<guestmount(1)>
for further information.
If C<debugcalls> is set to true, then additional debugging
information is generated for every FUSE call.
When C<guestfs_mount_local> returns, the filesystem is ready,
but is not processing requests (access to it will block). You
have to call C<guestfs_mount_local_run> to run the main loop.
See L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> for full documentation.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_local_run"; added = (1, 17, 22);
style = RErr, [], [];
cancellable = true (* in a future version *);
shortdesc = "run main loop of mount on the local filesystem";
longdesc = {|Run the main loop which translates kernel calls to libguestfs
calls.
This should only be called after C<guestfs_mount_local>
returns successfully. The call will not return until the
filesystem is unmounted.
B<Note> you must I<not> make concurrent libguestfs calls
on the same handle from another thread.
You may call this from a different thread than the one which
called C<guestfs_mount_local>, subject to the usual rules
for threads and libguestfs (see
L<guestfs(3)/MULTIPLE HANDLES AND MULTIPLE THREADS>).
See L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> for full documentation.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "umount_local"; added = (1, 17, 22);
style = RErr, [], [OBool "retry"];
test_excuse = "tests in fuse subdirectory";
shortdesc = "unmount a locally mounted filesystem";
longdesc = "\
If libguestfs is exporting the filesystem on a local
mountpoint, then this unmounts it.
See L<guestfs(3)/MOUNT LOCAL> for full documentation." };
{ defaults with
name = "max_disks"; added = (1, 19, 7);
style = RInt "disks", [], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "maximum number of disks that may be added";
longdesc = {|Return the maximum number of disks that may be added to a
handle (eg. by C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> and similar calls).
This function was added in libguestfs 1.19.7. In previous
versions of libguestfs the limit was 25.
See L<guestfs(3)/MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DISKS> for additional
information on this topic.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "canonical_device_name"; added = (1, 19, 7);
style = RString (RPlainString, "canonical"), [String (PlainString, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/hda"]], "/dev/sda"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/vdaaa"]], "/dev/sdaaa"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/sdb"]], "/dev/sdb"), [];
InitBasicFSonLVM, IfAvailable "lvm2", TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/mapper/VG-LV"]], "/dev/VG/LV"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/md0"]], "/dev/md0"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["canonical_device_name"; "/dev/md127"]], "/dev/md127"), [];
];
shortdesc = "return canonical device name";
longdesc = {|This utility function is useful when displaying device names to
the user. It takes a number of irregular device names and
returns them in a consistent format:
=over 4
=item F</dev/hdX>
=item F</dev/vdX>
These are returned as F</dev/sdX>. Note this works for device
names and partition names. This is approximately the reverse of
the algorithm described in L<guestfs(3)/BLOCK DEVICE NAMING>.
=item F</dev/mapper/VG-LV>
=item F</dev/dm-N>
Converted to F</dev/VG/LV> form using C<guestfs_lvm_canonical_lv_name>.
=back
Other strings are returned unmodified.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "device_index"; added = (1, 19, 7);
style = RInt "index", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["device_index"; "/dev/sda"]], "ret == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "convert device to index";
longdesc = {|This function takes a device name (eg. "/dev/sdb") and
returns the index of the device in the list of devices.
Index numbers start from 0. The named device must exist,
for example as a string returned from C<guestfs_list_devices>.
See also C<guestfs_list_devices>, C<guestfs_part_to_dev>,
C<guestfs_device_name>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "device_name"; added = (1, 49, 1);
style = RString (RPlainString, "name"), [Int "index"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["device_name"; "0"]], "STREQ (ret, \"/dev/sda\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["device_name"; "1"]], "STREQ (ret, \"/dev/sdb\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestLastFail (
[["device_name"; "99"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "convert device index to name";
longdesc = {|This function takes a device index and returns the device
name. For example index C<0> will return the string C</dev/sda>.
The drive index must have been added to the handle.
See also C<guestfs_list_devices>, C<guestfs_part_to_dev>,
C<guestfs_device_index>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "shutdown"; added = (1, 19, 16);
style = RErr, [], [];
shortdesc = "shutdown the hypervisor";
longdesc = {|This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>. It performs an orderly
shutdown of the backend process(es). If the autosync flag is set
(which is the default) then the disk image is synchronized.
If the subprocess exits with an error then this function will return
an error, which should I<not> be ignored (it may indicate that the
disk image could not be written out properly).
It is safe to call this multiple times. Extra calls are ignored.
This call does I<not> close or free up the handle. You still
need to call C<guestfs_close> afterwards.
C<guestfs_close> will call this if you don't do it explicitly,
but note that any errors are ignored in that case.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "cat"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RString (RPlainString, "content"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["cat"; "/known-2"]], "abcdef\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the contents of a file";
longdesc = {|Return the contents of the file named C<path>.
Because, in C, this function returns a C<char *>, there is no
way to differentiate between a C<\0> character in a file and
end of string. To handle binary files, use the C<guestfs_read_file>
or C<guestfs_download> functions.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "find"; added = (1, 0, 27);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "names"), [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResult (
[["find"; "/"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"lost+found\")"), [];
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResult (
[["touch"; "/a"];
["mkdir"; "/b"];
["touch"; "/b/c"];
["find"; "/"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 4, \"a\", \"b\", \"b/c\", \"lost+found\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_p"; "/find/b/c"];
["touch"; "/find/b/c/d"];
["find"; "/find/b/"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"c\", \"c/d\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "find all files and directories";
longdesc = {|This command lists out all files and directories, recursively,
starting at F<directory>. It is essentially equivalent to
running the shell command C<find directory -print> but some
post-processing happens on the output, described below.
This returns a list of strings I<without any prefix>. Thus
if the directory structure was:
/tmp/a
/tmp/b
/tmp/c/d
then the returned list from C<guestfs_find> F</tmp> would be
4 elements:
a
b
c
c/d
If F<directory> is not a directory, then this command returns
an error.
The returned list is sorted.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "read_file"; added = (1, 0, 63);
style = RBufferOut "content", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["read_file"; "/known-4"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"abc\\ndef\\nghi\", 11) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "read a file";
longdesc = {|This call returns the contents of the file C<path> as a
buffer.
Unlike C<guestfs_cat>, this function can correctly
handle files that contain embedded ASCII NUL characters.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "read_lines"; added = (0, 0, 7);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["read_lines"; "/known-4"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"def\", \"ghi\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["read_lines"; "/empty"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines1"; "\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines1"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines2"; "\r\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines2"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines3"; "\n\r\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines3"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"\", \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines4"; "a"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines4"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"a\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines5"; "a\nb"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines5"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"a\", \"b\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines6"; "a\nb\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines6"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"a\", \"b\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines7"; "a\nb\r\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines7"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"a\", \"b\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/read_lines8"; "a\nb\r\n\n"];
["read_lines"; "/read_lines8"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"a\", \"b\", \"\")"), [];
];
shortdesc = "read file as lines";
longdesc = {|Return the contents of the file named C<path>.
The file contents are returned as a list of lines. Trailing
C<LF> and C<CRLF> character sequences are I<not> returned.
Note that this function cannot correctly handle binary files
(specifically, files containing C<\0> character which is treated
as end of string). For those you need to use the C<guestfs_read_file>
function and split the buffer into lines yourself.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "write"; added = (1, 3, 14);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); BufferIn "content"], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/write"]], "new file contents"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write2"; "\nnew file contents\n"];
["cat"; "/write2"]], "\nnew file contents\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write3"; "\n\n"];
["cat"; "/write3"]], "\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write4"; ""];
["cat"; "/write4"]], ""), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write5"; "\n\n\n"];
["cat"; "/write5"]], "\n\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write6"; "\n"];
["cat"; "/write6"]], "\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a new file";
longdesc = "\
This call creates a file called C<path>. The content of the
file is the string C<content> (which can contain any 8 bit data).
See also C<guestfs_write_append>." };
{ defaults with
name = "write_append"; added = (1, 11, 18);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); BufferIn "content"], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/write_append"; "line1\n"];
["write_append"; "/write_append"; "line2\n"];
["write_append"; "/write_append"; "line3a"];
["write_append"; "/write_append"; "line3b\n"];
["cat"; "/write_append"]], "line1\nline2\nline3aline3b\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "append content to end of file";
longdesc = "\
This call appends C<content> to the end of file C<path>. If
C<path> does not exist, then a new file is created.
See also C<guestfs_write>." };
{ defaults with
name = "lstatnslist"; added = (1, 27, 53);
style = RStructList ("statbufs", "statns"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
shortdesc = "lstat on multiple files";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to perform the C<guestfs_lstatns> operation
on multiple files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.
C<names> is the list of files from this directory.
On return you get a list of stat structs, with a one-to-one
correspondence to the C<names> list. If any name did not exist
or could not be lstat'd, then the C<st_ino> field of that structure
is set to C<-1>.
This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently
list a directory contents without making many round-trips.
See also C<guestfs_lxattrlist> for a similarly efficient call
for getting extended attributes.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lxattrlist"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RStructList ("xattrs", "xattr"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "lgetxattr on multiple files";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to get the extended attributes
of multiple files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.
C<names> is the list of files from this directory.
On return you get a flat list of xattr structs which must be
interpreted sequentially. The first xattr struct always has a zero-length
C<attrname>. C<attrval> in this struct is zero-length
to indicate there was an error doing C<guestfs_lgetxattr> for this
file, I<or> is a C string which is a decimal number
(the number of following attributes for this file, which could
be C<"0">). Then after the first xattr struct are the
zero or more attributes for the first named file.
This repeats for the second and subsequent files.
This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently
list a directory contents without making many round-trips.
See also C<guestfs_lstatlist> for a similarly efficient call
for getting standard stats.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "readlinklist"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "links"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
shortdesc = "readlink on multiple files";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to do a C<readlink> operation
on multiple files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.
C<names> is the list of files from this directory.
On return you get a list of strings, with a one-to-one
correspondence to the C<names> list. Each string is the
value of the symbolic link.
If the L<readlink(2)> operation fails on any name, then
the corresponding result string is the empty string C<"">.
However the whole operation is completed even if there
were L<readlink(2)> errors, and so you can call this
function with names where you don't know if they are
symbolic links already (albeit slightly less efficient).
This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently
list a directory contents without making many round-trips.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ls"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "listing"), [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/ls"];
["touch"; "/ls/new"];
["touch"; "/ls/newer"];
["touch"; "/ls/newest"];
["ls"; "/ls"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"new\", \"newer\", \"newest\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the files in a directory";
longdesc = "\
List the files in F<directory> (relative to the root directory,
there is no cwd). The C<.> and C<..> entries are not returned, but
hidden files are shown." };
{ defaults with
name = "disk_format"; added = (1, 19, 38);
style = RString (RPlainString, "format"), [String (PlainString, "filename")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.raw"]], "raw"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.qcow2"]], "qcow2"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.raw"]], "raw"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.qcow2"]], "qcow2"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.raw"]], "raw"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.qcow2"]], "qcow2"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["disk_format"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-with-backing.qcow2"]], "qcow2"), [];
];
shortdesc = "detect the disk format of a disk image";
longdesc = {|Detect and return the format of the disk image called F<filename>.
F<filename> can also be a host device, etc. If the format of the
image could not be detected, then C<"unknown"> is returned.
Note that detecting the disk format can be insecure under some
circumstances. See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.
See also: L<guestfs(3)/DISK IMAGE FORMATS>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "disk_virtual_size"; added = (1, 19, 39);
style = RInt64 "size", [String (PlainString, "filename")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.raw"]], "ret == 512"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.qcow2"]], "ret == 512"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.raw"]], "ret == 1024"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.qcow2"]], "ret == 1024"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.raw"]], "ret == 1024*1024"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.qcow2"]], "ret == 1024*1024"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["disk_virtual_size"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-with-backing.qcow2"]], "ret == 1024*1024"), [];
];
shortdesc = "return virtual size of a disk";
longdesc = {|Detect and return the virtual size in bytes of the disk image
called F<filename>.
Note that detecting disk features can be insecure under some
circumstances. See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "disk_has_backing_file"; added = (1, 19, 39);
style = RBool "backingfile", [String (PlainString, "filename")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.raw"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1s.qcow2"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.raw"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1K.qcow2"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.raw"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-1M.qcow2"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["disk_has_backing_file"; "../test-data/blank-disks/blank-disk-with-backing.qcow2"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "return whether disk has a backing file";
longdesc = {|Detect and return whether the disk image F<filename> has a
backing file.
Note that detecting disk features can be insecure under some
circumstances. See L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2010-3851>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_libvirt_supported_credentials"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RErr, [StringList (PlainString, "creds")], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "set libvirt credentials supported by calling program";
longdesc = {|Call this function before setting an event handler for
C<GUESTFS_EVENT_LIBVIRT_AUTH>, to supply the list of credential types
that the program knows how to process.
The C<creds> list must be a non-empty list of strings.
Possible strings are:
=over 4
=item C<username>
=item C<authname>
=item C<language>
=item C<cnonce>
=item C<passphrase>
=item C<echoprompt>
=item C<noechoprompt>
=item C<realm>
=item C<external>
=back
See libvirt documentation for the meaning of these credential types.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_libvirt_requested_credentials"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "creds"), [], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "get list of credentials requested by libvirt";
longdesc = {|This should only be called during the event callback
for events of type C<GUESTFS_EVENT_LIBVIRT_AUTH>.
Return the list of credentials requested by libvirt. Possible
values are a subset of the strings provided when you called
C<guestfs_set_libvirt_supported_credentials>.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_libvirt_requested_credential_prompt"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RString (RPlainString, "prompt"), [Int "index"], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "prompt of i'th requested credential";
longdesc = {|Get the prompt (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th
requested credential. If libvirt did not provide a prompt,
this returns the empty string C<"">.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_libvirt_requested_credential_challenge"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RString (RPlainString, "challenge"), [Int "index"], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "challenge of i'th requested credential";
longdesc = {|Get the challenge (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th
requested credential. If libvirt did not provide a challenge,
this returns the empty string C<"">.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_libvirt_requested_credential_defresult"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RString (RPlainString, "defresult"), [Int "index"], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "default result of i'th requested credential";
longdesc = {|Get the default result (provided by libvirt) for the C<index>'th
requested credential. If libvirt did not provide a default result,
this returns the empty string C<"">.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_libvirt_requested_credential"; added = (1, 19, 52);
style = RErr, [Int "index"; BufferIn "cred"], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "pass requested credential back to libvirt";
longdesc = "\
After requesting the C<index>'th credential from the user,
call this function to pass the answer back to libvirt.
See L<guestfs(3)/LIBVIRT AUTHENTICATION> for documentation and example code." };
{ defaults with
name = "parse_environment"; added = (1, 19, 53);
style = RErr, [], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "parse the environment and set handle flags accordingly";
longdesc = {|Parse the program’s environment and set flags in the handle
accordingly. For example if C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> then the
‘verbose’ flag is set in the handle.
I<Most programs do not need to call this>. It is done implicitly
when you call C<guestfs_create>.
See L<guestfs(3)/ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES> for a list of environment
variables that can affect libguestfs handles. See also
L<guestfs(3)/guestfs_create_flags>, and
C<guestfs_parse_environment_list>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "parse_environment_list"; added = (1, 19, 53);
style = RErr, [StringList (PlainString, "environment")], [];
blocking = false;
shortdesc = "parse the environment and set handle flags accordingly";
longdesc = {|Parse the list of strings in the argument C<environment>
and set flags in the handle accordingly.
For example if C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> is a string in the list,
then the ‘verbose’ flag is set in the handle.
This is the same as C<guestfs_parse_environment> except that
it parses an explicit list of strings instead of the program's
environment.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "user_cancel"; added = (1, 11, 18);
style = RErr, [], [];
blocking = false; wrapper = false;
shortdesc = "cancel the current upload or download operation";
longdesc = {|This function cancels the current upload or download operation.
Unlike most other libguestfs calls, this function is signal safe and
thread safe. You can call it from a signal handler or from another
thread, without needing to do any locking.
The transfer that was in progress (if there is one) will stop shortly
afterwards, and will return an error. The errno (see
L</guestfs_last_errno>) is set to C<EINTR>, so you can test for this
to find out if the operation was cancelled or failed because of
another error.
No cleanup is performed: for example, if a file was being uploaded
then after cancellation there may be a partially uploaded file. It is
the caller’s responsibility to clean up if necessary.
There are two common places that you might call C<guestfs_user_cancel>:
In an interactive text-based program, you might call it from a
C<SIGINT> signal handler so that pressing C<^C> cancels the current
operation. (You also need to call C<guestfs_set_pgroup> so that
child processes don't receive the C<^C> signal).
In a graphical program, when the main thread is displaying a progress
bar with a cancel button, wire up the cancel button to call this
function.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "add_drive_scratch"; added = (1, 23, 10);
style = RErr, [Int64 "size"], [OString "name"; OString "label"; OInt "blocksize"];
blocking = false;
fish_alias = ["scratch"];
shortdesc = "add a temporary scratch drive";
longdesc = {|This command adds a temporary scratch drive to the handle. The
C<size> parameter is the virtual size (in bytes). The scratch
drive is blank initially (all reads return zeroes until you start
writing to it). The drive is deleted when the handle is closed.
The optional arguments C<name>, C<label> and C<blocksize> are passed through to
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_get"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RStructList ("fields", "xattr"), [], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "read the current journal entry";
longdesc = {|Read the current journal entry. This returns all the fields
in the journal as a set of C<(attrname, attrval)> pairs. The
C<attrname> is the field name (a string).
The C<attrval> is the field value (a binary blob, often but
not always a string). Please note that C<attrval> is a byte
array, I<not> a \0-terminated C string.
The length of data may be truncated to the data threshold
(see: C<guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold>,
C<guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold>).
If you set the data threshold to unlimited (C<0>) then this call
can read a journal entry of any size, ie. it is not limited by
the libguestfs protocol.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "disk_create"; added = (1, 25, 31);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "filename"); String (PlainString, "format"); Int64 "size"], [OString "backingfile"; OString "backingformat"; OString "preallocation"; OString "compat"; OInt "clustersize"];
test_excuse = "tests in tests/create subdirectory";
shortdesc = "create a blank disk image";
longdesc = {|Create a blank disk image called F<filename> (a host file)
with format C<format> (usually C<raw> or C<qcow2>).
The size is C<size> bytes.
If used with the optional C<backingfile> parameter, then a snapshot
is created on top of the backing file. In this case, C<size> must
be passed as C<-1>. The size of the snapshot is the same as the
size of the backing file, which is discovered automatically. You
are encouraged to also pass C<backingformat> to describe the format
of C<backingfile>.
If F<filename> refers to a block device, then the device is
formatted. The C<size> is ignored since block devices have an
intrinsic size.
The other optional parameters are:
=over 4
=item C<preallocation>
If format is C<raw>, then this can be either C<off> (or C<sparse>)
or C<full> to create a sparse or fully allocated file respectively.
The default is C<off>.
If format is C<qcow2>, then this can be C<off> (or C<sparse>),
C<metadata> or C<full>. Preallocating metadata can be faster
when doing lots of writes, but uses more space.
The default is C<off>.
=item C<compat>
C<qcow2> only:
Pass the string C<1.1> to use the advanced qcow2 format supported
by qemu E<ge> 1.1.
=item C<clustersize>
C<qcow2> only:
Change the qcow2 cluster size. The default is 65536 (bytes) and
this setting may be any power of two between 512 and 2097152.
=back
Note that this call does not add the new disk to the handle. You
may need to call C<guestfs_add_drive_opts> separately.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "c_pointer"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RInt64 "ptr", [], [];
fish_output = Some FishOutputHexadecimal;
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun (
[["c_pointer"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "return the C pointer to the guestfs_h handle";
longdesc = "\
In non-C language bindings, this allows you to retrieve the underlying
C pointer to the handle (ie. C<guestfs_h *>). The purpose of this is
to allow other libraries to interwork with libguestfs." };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_in"; added = (1, 29, 24);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "localpath"); String (Pathname, "remotedir")], [];
visibility = VPublicNoFish;
shortdesc = "copy local files or directories into an image";
longdesc = {|C<guestfs_copy_in> copies local files or directories recursively into
the disk image, placing them in the directory called C<remotedir>
(which must exist).
Wildcards cannot be used.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_out"; added = (1, 29, 24);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "remotepath"); String (PlainString, "localdir")], [];
visibility = VPublicNoFish;
shortdesc = "copy remote files or directories out of an image";
longdesc = {|C<guestfs_copy_out> copies remote files or directories recursively
out of the disk image, placing them on the host disk in a local
directory called C<localdir> (which must exist).
To download to the current directory, use C<.> as in:
C<guestfs_copy_out> /home .
Wildcards cannot be used.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "available"; added = (1, 0, 80);
style = RErr, [StringList (PlainString, "groups")], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun [["available"; ""]], []
];
shortdesc = "test availability of some parts of the API";
longdesc = {|This command is used to check the availability of some
groups of functionality in the appliance, which not all builds of
the libguestfs appliance will be able to provide.
The libguestfs groups, and the functions that those
groups correspond to, are listed in L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY>.
You can also fetch this list at runtime by calling
C<guestfs_available_all_groups>.
The argument C<groups> is a list of group names, eg:
C<["inotify", "augeas"]> would check for the availability of
the Linux inotify functions and Augeas (configuration file
editing) functions.
The command returns no error if I<all> requested groups are available.
It fails with an error if one or more of the requested
groups is unavailable in the appliance.
If an unknown group name is included in the
list of groups then an error is always returned.
I<Notes:>
=over 4
=item *
C<guestfs_feature_available> is the same as this call, but
with a slightly simpler to use API: that call returns a boolean
true/false instead of throwing an error.
=item *
You must call C<guestfs_launch> before calling this function.
The reason is because we don't know what groups are
supported by the appliance/daemon until it is running and can
be queried.
=item *
If a group of functions is available, this does not necessarily
mean that they will work. You still have to check for errors
when calling individual API functions even if they are
available.
=item *
It is usually the job of distro packagers to build
complete functionality into the libguestfs appliance.
Upstream libguestfs, if built from source with all
requirements satisfied, will support everything.
=item *
This call was added in version C<1.0.80>. In previous
versions of libguestfs all you could do would be to speculatively
execute a command to find out if the daemon implemented it.
See also C<guestfs_version>.
=back
See also C<guestfs_filesystem_available>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "feature_available"; added = (1, 21, 26);
style = RBool "isavailable", [StringList (PlainString, "groups")], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultTrue [["feature_available"; ""]], []
];
shortdesc = "test availability of some parts of the API";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_available>, but unlike that
call it returns a simple true/false boolean result, instead
of throwing an exception if a feature is not found. For
other documentation see C<guestfs_available>." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_get_console_socket"; added = (1, 37, 1);
style = RInt "fd", [], [];
visibility = VInternal;
test_excuse = "writing to the socket may block";
shortdesc = "get the appliance console socket";
longdesc = "\
This call is used by L<virt-rescue(1)> to write directly to
appliance console (for passing through keystrokes). It should
not normally be used by other libguestfs users." };
]
let daemon_functions = [
{ defaults with
name = "mount"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable, "mountable"); String (PlainString, "mountpoint")], [];
impl = OCaml "Mount.mount";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "new file contents"), []
];
shortdesc = "mount a guest disk at a position in the filesystem";
longdesc = {|Mount a guest disk at a position in the filesystem. Block devices
are named F</dev/sda>, F</dev/sdb> and so on, as they were added to
the guest. If those block devices contain partitions, they will have
the usual names (eg. F</dev/sda1>). Also LVM F</dev/VG/LV>-style
names can be used, or ‘mountable’ strings returned by
C<guestfs_list_filesystems> or C<guestfs_inspect_get_mountpoints>.
The rules are the same as for L<mount(2)>: A filesystem must
first be mounted on F</> before others can be mounted. Other
filesystems can only be mounted on directories which already
exist.
The mounted filesystem is writable, if we have sufficient permissions
on the underlying device.
Before libguestfs 1.13.16, this call implicitly added the options
C<sync> and C<noatime>. The C<sync> option greatly slowed
writes and caused many problems for users. If your program
might need to work with older versions of libguestfs, use
C<guestfs_mount_options> instead (using an empty string for the
first parameter if you don't want any options).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "sync"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun [["sync"]], []
];
shortdesc = "sync disks, writes are flushed through to the disk image";
longdesc = {|This syncs the disk, so that any writes are flushed through to the
underlying disk image.
You should always call this if you have modified a disk image, before
closing the handle.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "touch"; added = (0, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["touch"; "/touch"];
["exists"; "/touch"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "update file timestamps or create a new file";
longdesc = {|Touch acts like the L<touch(1)> command. It can be used to
update the timestamps on a file, or, if the file does not exist,
to create a new zero-length file.
This command only works on regular files, and will fail on other
file types such as directories, symbolic links, block special etc.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ll"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RString (RPlainString, "listing"), [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
test_excuse = "tricky to test because it depends on the exact format of the 'ls -l' command, which changed between Fedora 10 and Fedora 11";
shortdesc = "list the files in a directory (long format)";
longdesc = {|List the files in F<directory> (relative to the root directory,
there is no cwd) in the format of C<ls -la>.
This command is mostly useful for interactive sessions. It
is I<not> intended that you try to parse the output string.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "list_devices"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.list_devices";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["list_devices"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 4, \"/dev/sda\", \"/dev/sdb\", \"/dev/sdc\", \"/dev/sdd\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the block devices";
longdesc = {|List all the block devices.
The full block device names are returned, eg. F</dev/sda>.
See also C<guestfs_list_filesystems>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "list_partitions"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "partitions"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.list_partitions";
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResult (
[["list_partitions"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 2, \"/dev/sda1\", \"/dev/sdb1\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["list_partitions"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 4, \"/dev/sda1\", \"/dev/sda2\", \"/dev/sda3\", \"/dev/sdb1\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the partitions";
longdesc = {|List all the partitions detected on all block devices.
The full partition device names are returned, eg. F</dev/sda1>
This does not return logical volumes. For that you will need to
call C<guestfs_lvs>.
See also C<guestfs_list_filesystems>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvs"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "physvols"), [], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResult (
[["pvs"]], "is_device_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/sda1\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["pvs"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 3, \"/dev/sda1\", \"/dev/sda2\", \"/dev/sda3\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the LVM physical volumes (PVs)";
longdesc = {|List all the physical volumes detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<pvs(8)> command.
This returns a list of just the device names that contain
PVs (eg. F</dev/sda2>).
See also C<guestfs_pvs_full>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vgs"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "volgroups"), [], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResult (
[["vgs"]], "is_string_list (ret, 1, \"VG\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgcreate"; "VG1"; "/dev/sda1 /dev/sda2"];
["vgcreate"; "VG2"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"VG1\", \"VG2\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the LVM volume groups (VGs)";
longdesc = {|List all the volumes groups detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<vgs(8)> command.
This returns a list of just the volume group names that were
detected (eg. C<VolGroup00>).
See also C<guestfs_vgs_full>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvs"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "logvols"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Lvm.lvs";
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResult (
[["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/VG/LV\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgcreate"; "VG1"; "/dev/sda1 /dev/sda2"];
["vgcreate"; "VG2"; "/dev/sda3"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG1"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG1"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV3"; "VG2"; "50"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"/dev/VG1/LV1\", \"/dev/VG1/LV2\", \"/dev/VG2/LV3\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the LVM logical volumes (LVs)";
longdesc = {|List all the logical volumes detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<lvs(8)> command.
This returns a list of the logical volume device names
(eg. F</dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00>).
See also C<guestfs_lvs_full>, C<guestfs_list_filesystems>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvs_full"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStructList ("physvols", "lvm_pv"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Lvm_full.pvs_full";
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "list the LVM physical volumes (PVs)";
longdesc = "\
List all the physical volumes detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<pvs(8)> command. The \"full\" version includes all fields." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgs_full"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStructList ("volgroups", "lvm_vg"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Lvm_full.vgs_full";
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "list the LVM volume groups (VGs)";
longdesc = "\
List all the volumes groups detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<vgs(8)> command. The \"full\" version includes all fields." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvs_full"; added = (0, 0, 4);
style = RStructList ("logvols", "lvm_lv"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Lvm_full.lvs_full";
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "list the LVM logical volumes (LVs)";
longdesc = "\
List all the logical volumes detected. This is the equivalent
of the L<lvs(8)> command. The \"full\" version includes all fields." };
{ defaults with
name = "rm"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun
[["mkdir"; "/rm"];
["touch"; "/rm/new"];
["rm"; "/rm/new"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["rm"; "/nosuchfile"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["mkdir"; "/rm2"];
["rm"; "/rm2"]], []
];
shortdesc = "remove a file";
longdesc = "\
Remove the single file C<path>." };
{ defaults with
name = "rmdir"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun
[["mkdir"; "/rmdir"];
["rmdir"; "/rmdir"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["rmdir"; "/rmdir2"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["mkdir"; "/rmdir3"];
["touch"; "/rmdir3/new"];
["rmdir"; "/rmdir3/new"]], []
];
shortdesc = "remove a directory";
longdesc = "\
Remove the single directory C<path>." };
{ defaults with
name = "rm_rf"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultFalse
[["mkdir"; "/rm_rf"];
["mkdir"; "/rm_rf/foo"];
["touch"; "/rm_rf/foo/bar"];
["rm_rf"; "/rm_rf"];
["exists"; "/rm_rf"]], []
];
shortdesc = "remove a file or directory recursively";
longdesc = "\
Remove the file or directory C<path>, recursively removing the
contents if its a directory. This is like the C<rm -rf> shell
command." };
{ defaults with
name = "mkdir"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue
[["mkdir"; "/mkdir"];
["is_dir"; "/mkdir"; ""]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["mkdir"; "/mkdir2/foo/bar"]], []
];
shortdesc = "create a directory";
longdesc = "\
Create a directory named C<path>." };
{ defaults with
name = "mkdir_p"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue
[["mkdir_p"; "/mkdir_p/foo/bar"];
["is_dir"; "/mkdir_p/foo/bar"; ""]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue
[["mkdir_p"; "/mkdir_p2/foo/bar"];
["is_dir"; "/mkdir_p2/foo"; ""]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue
[["mkdir_p"; "/mkdir_p3/foo/bar"];
["is_dir"; "/mkdir_p3"; ""]], [];
(* Regression tests for RHBZ#503133: *)
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun
[["mkdir"; "/mkdir_p4"];
["mkdir_p"; "/mkdir_p4"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["touch"; "/mkdir_p5"];
["mkdir_p"; "/mkdir_p5"]], []
];
shortdesc = "create a directory and parents";
longdesc = "\
Create a directory named C<path>, creating any parent directories
as necessary. This is like the C<mkdir -p> shell command." };
{ defaults with
name = "chmod"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [Int "mode"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
shortdesc = "change file mode";
longdesc = {|Change the mode (permissions) of C<path> to C<mode>. Only
numeric modes are supported.
I<Note>: When using this command from guestfish, C<mode>
by default would be decimal, unless you prefix it with
C<0> to get octal, ie. use C<0700> not C<700>.
The mode actually set is affected by the umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "chown"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [Int "owner"; Int "group"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
shortdesc = "change file owner and group";
longdesc = {|Change the file owner to C<owner> and group to C<group>.
Only numeric uid and gid are supported. If you want to use
names, you will need to locate and parse the password file
yourself (Augeas support makes this relatively easy).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "exists"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RBool "existsflag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["exists"; "/empty"]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["exists"; "/directory"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if file or directory exists";
longdesc = "\
This returns C<true> if and only if there is a file, directory
(or anything) with the given C<path> name.
See also C<guestfs_is_file>, C<guestfs_is_dir>, C<guestfs_stat>." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_file"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RBool "fileflag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
impl = OCaml "Is.is_file";
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_file"; "/known-1"; ""]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_file"; "/directory"; ""]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_file"; "/abssymlink"; "true"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if a regular file";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a regular file
with the given C<path> name. Note that it returns false for
other objects like directories.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a file also causes the
function to return true.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_dir"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RBool "dirflag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
impl = OCaml "Is.is_dir";
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_dir"; "/known-3"; ""]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_dir"; "/directory"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if a directory";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a directory
with the given C<path> name. Note that it returns false for
other objects like files.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a directory also causes the
function to return true.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvcreate"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["pvs"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 3, \"/dev/sda1\", \"/dev/sda2\", \"/dev/sda3\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "create an LVM physical volume";
longdesc = "\
This creates an LVM physical volume on the named C<device>,
where C<device> should usually be a partition name such
as F</dev/sda1>." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgcreate"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "volgroup"); StringList (Device, "physvols")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgcreate"; "VG1"; "/dev/sda1 /dev/sda2"];
["vgcreate"; "VG2"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"VG1\", \"VG2\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgcreate"; "VG1"; "/foo/bar /dev/sda2"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "create an LVM volume group";
longdesc = "\
This creates an LVM volume group called C<volgroup>
from the non-empty list of physical volumes C<physvols>." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvcreate"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "logvol"); String (PlainString, "volgroup"); Int "mbytes"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda2"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda3"];
["vgcreate"; "VG1"; "/dev/sda1 /dev/sda2"];
["vgcreate"; "VG2"; "/dev/sda3"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG1"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG1"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV3"; "VG2"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV4"; "VG2"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV5"; "VG2"; "50"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 5, \"/dev/VG1/LV1\", \"/dev/VG1/LV2\", \"/dev/VG2/LV3\", \"/dev/VG2/LV4\", \"/dev/VG2/LV5\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "create an LVM logical volume";
longdesc = "\
This creates an LVM logical volume called C<logvol>
on the volume group C<volgroup>, with C<size> megabytes." };
{ defaults with
name = "umount"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (Dev_or_Path, "pathordevice")], [OBool "force"; OBool "lazyunmount"];
fish_alias = ["unmount"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["mounts"]], "is_device_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/sda1\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["umount"; "/"; "false"; "false"];
["mounts"]], "is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "unmount a filesystem";
longdesc = "\
This unmounts the given filesystem. The filesystem may be
specified either by its mountpoint (path) or the device which
contains the filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "mounts"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RStringList (RMountable, "devices"), [], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mounts"]], "is_device_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/sdb1\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "show mounted filesystems";
longdesc = {|This returns the list of currently mounted filesystems. It returns
the list of devices (eg. F</dev/sda1>, F</dev/VG/LV>).
Some internal mounts are not shown.
See also: C<guestfs_mountpoints>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "umount_all"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [], [];
fish_alias = ["unmount-all"];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["umount_all"];
["mounts"]], "is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
(* check that umount_all can unmount nested mounts correctly: *)
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "409599"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "409600"; "-64"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda2"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda3"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["mkdir"; "/mp1"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda2"; "/mp1"];
["mkdir"; "/mp1/mp2"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda3"; "/mp1/mp2"];
["mkdir"; "/mp1/mp2/mp3"];
["umount_all"];
["mounts"]], "is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "unmount all filesystems";
longdesc = "\
This unmounts all mounted filesystems.
Some internal mounts are not unmounted by this call." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvm_remove_all"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "remove all LVM LVs, VGs and PVs";
longdesc = "\
This command removes all LVM logical volumes, volume groups
and physical volumes." };
{ defaults with
name = "file"; added = (1, 9, 1);
style = RString (RPlainString, "description"), [String (Dev_or_Path, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "File.file";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file"; "/empty"]], "empty"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file"; "/known-1"]], "ASCII text"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["file"; "/notexists"]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file"; "/abssymlink"]], "symbolic link"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file"; "/directory"]], "directory"), []
];
shortdesc = "determine file type";
longdesc = {|This call uses the standard L<file(1)> command to determine
the type or contents of the file.
This call will also transparently look inside various types
of compressed file.
The filename is not prepended to the output
(like the file command I<-b> option).
The output depends on the output of the underlying L<file(1)>
command and it can change in future in ways beyond our control.
In other words, the output is not guaranteed by the ABI.
See also: L<file(1)>, C<guestfs_vfs_type>, C<guestfs_lstat>,
C<guestfs_is_file>, C<guestfs_is_blockdev> (etc), C<guestfs_is_zero>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "command"; added = (1, 9, 1);
style = RString (RPlainString, "output"), [StringList (PlainString, "arguments")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command/test-command"];
["command"; "/command/test-command 1"]], "Result1"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command2"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command2/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command2/test-command"];
["command"; "/command2/test-command 2"]], "Result2\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command3"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command3/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command3/test-command"];
["command"; "/command3/test-command 3"]], "\nResult3"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command4"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command4/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command4/test-command"];
["command"; "/command4/test-command 4"]], "\nResult4\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command5"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command5/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command5/test-command"];
["command"; "/command5/test-command 5"]], "\nResult5\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command6"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command6/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command6/test-command"];
["command"; "/command6/test-command 6"]], {|
Result6
|}), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command7"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command7/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command7/test-command"];
["command"; "/command7/test-command 7"]], ""), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command8"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command8/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command8/test-command"];
["command"; "/command8/test-command 8"]], "\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command9"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command9/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command9/test-command"];
["command"; "/command9/test-command 9"]], "\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command10"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command10/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command10/test-command"];
["command"; "/command10/test-command 10"]], "Result10-1\nResult10-2\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/command11"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command11/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command11/test-command"];
["command"; "/command11/test-command 11"]], "Result11-1\nResult11-2"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestLastFail (
[["mkdir"; "/command12"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command12/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command12/test-command"];
["command"; "/command12/test-command"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/pwd"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-pwd"; "/pwd/test-pwd"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/pwd/test-pwd"];
["command"; "/pwd/test-pwd"]], "/"), [];
];
shortdesc = "run a command from the guest filesystem";
longdesc = {|This call runs a command from the guest filesystem. The
filesystem must be mounted, and must contain a compatible
operating system (ie. something Linux, with the same
or compatible processor architecture).
The single parameter is an argv-style list of arguments.
The first element is the name of the program to run.
Subsequent elements are parameters. The list must be
non-empty (ie. must contain a program name). Note that
the command runs directly, and is I<not> invoked via
the shell (see C<guestfs_sh>).
The return value is anything printed to I<stdout> by
the command.
If the command returns a non-zero exit status, then
this function returns an error message. The error message
string is the content of I<stderr> from the command.
The C<$PATH> environment variable will contain at least
F</usr/bin> and F</bin>. If you require a program from
another location, you should provide the full path in the
first parameter.
Shared libraries and data files required by the program
must be available on filesystems which are mounted in the
correct places. It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure
all filesystems that are needed are mounted at the right
locations.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "command_lines"; added = (1, 9, 1);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [StringList (PlainString, "arguments")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines/test-command 1"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"Result1\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines2"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines2/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines2/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines2/test-command 2"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"Result2\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines3"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines3/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines3/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines3/test-command 3"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"\", \"Result3\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines4"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines4/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines4/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines4/test-command 4"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"\", \"Result4\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines5"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines5/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines5/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines5/test-command 5"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"\", \"Result5\", \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines6"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines6/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines6/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines6/test-command 6"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 4, \"\", \"\", \"Result6\", \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines7"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines7/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines7/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines7/test-command 7"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines8"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines8/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines8/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines8/test-command 8"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines9"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines9/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines9/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines9/test-command 9"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"\", \"\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines10"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines10/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines10/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines10/test-command 10"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"Result10-1\", \"Result10-2\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfNotCrossAppliance, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/command_lines11"];
["upload"; "c-api/test-command"; "/command_lines11/test-command"];
["chmod"; "0o755"; "/command_lines11/test-command"];
["command_lines"; "/command_lines11/test-command 11"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"Result11-1\", \"Result11-2\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "run a command, returning lines";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_command>, but splits the
result into a list of lines.
See also: C<guestfs_sh_lines>" };
{ defaults with
name = "command_out"; added = (1, 55, 6);
style = RErr, [StringList (PlainString, "arguments"); String (FileOut, "output")], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
test_excuse = "there is a separate test in the tests directory";
shortdesc = "run a command from the guest filesystem";
longdesc = {|This is the same as C<guestfs_command>, but streams the output
back, handling the case where the output from the command is
larger than the protocol limit.
See also: C<guestfs_sh_out>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "statvfs"; added = (1, 9, 2);
style = RStruct ("statbuf", "statvfs"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "Statvfs.statvfs";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["statvfs"; "/"]], "ret->namemax == 255"), []
];
shortdesc = "get file system statistics";
longdesc = {|Returns file system statistics for any mounted file system.
C<path> should be a file or directory in the mounted file system
(typically it is the mount point itself, but it doesn't need to be).
This is the same as the L<statvfs(2)> system call.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "tune2fs_l"; added = (1, 9, 2);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RPlainString, "superblock"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tune2fs_l"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"check_hash (ret, \"Filesystem magic number\", \"0xEF53\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"Filesystem OS type\", \"Linux\") == 0"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get ext2/ext3/ext4 superblock details";
longdesc = {|This returns the contents of the ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem
superblock on C<device>.
It is the same as running C<tune2fs -l device>. See L<tune2fs(8)>
manpage for more details. The list of fields returned isn't
clearly defined, and depends on both the version of C<tune2fs>
that libguestfs was built against, and the filesystem itself.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_setro"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["blockdev_setro"; "/dev/sda"];
["blockdev_getro"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "set block device to read-only";
longdesc = "\
Sets the block device named C<device> to read-only.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_setrw"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["blockdev_setrw"; "/dev/sda"];
["blockdev_getro"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "set block device to read-write";
longdesc = "\
Sets the block device named C<device> to read-write.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_getro"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RBool "ro", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["blockdev_setro"; "/dev/sda"];
["blockdev_getro"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "is block device set to read-only";
longdesc = "\
Returns a boolean indicating if the block device is read-only
(true if read-only, false if not).
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_getss"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RInt "sectorsize", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["blockdev_getss"; "/dev/sda"]], "ret == 512"), []
];
shortdesc = "get sectorsize of block device";
longdesc = {|This returns the size of sectors on a block device.
Usually 512, but can be larger for modern devices.
(Note, this is not the size in sectors, use C<guestfs_blockdev_getsz>
for that).
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_getbsz"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RInt "blocksize", [String (Device, "device")], [];
test_excuse = "cannot be tested because output differs depending on page size";
shortdesc = "get blocksize of block device";
longdesc = {|This returns the block size of a device.
Note: this is different from both I<size in blocks> and
I<filesystem block size>. Also this setting is not really
used by anything. You should probably not use it for
anything. Filesystems have their own idea about what
block size to choose.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_getsz"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RInt64 "sizeinsectors", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["blockdev_getsz"; "/dev/sda"]],
"ret == INT64_C(2)*1024*1024*1024/512"), []
];
shortdesc = "get total size of device in 512-byte sectors";
longdesc = {|This returns the size of the device in units of 512-byte sectors
(even if the sectorsize isn't 512 bytes ... weird).
See also C<guestfs_blockdev_getss> for the real sector size of
the device, and C<guestfs_blockdev_getsize64> for the more
useful I<size in bytes>.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_getsize64"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RInt64 "sizeinbytes", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["blockdev_getsize64"; "/dev/sda"]],
"ret == INT64_C(2)*1024*1024*1024"), []
];
shortdesc = "get total size of device in bytes";
longdesc = {|This returns the size of the device in bytes.
See also C<guestfs_blockdev_getsz>.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_flushbufs"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun
[["blockdev_flushbufs"; "/dev/sda"]], []
];
shortdesc = "flush device buffers";
longdesc = "\
This tells the kernel to flush internal buffers associated
with C<device>.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_rereadpt"; added = (1, 9, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun
[["blockdev_rereadpt"; "/dev/sda"]], []
];
shortdesc = "reread partition table";
longdesc = "\
Reread the partition table on C<device>.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "upload"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "filename"); String (Dev_or_Path, "remotefilename")], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
(* Pick a file from cwd which isn't likely to change. *)
[["mkdir"; "/upload"];
["upload"; "$srcdir/../COPYING.LIB"; "/upload/COPYING.LIB"];
["checksum"; "md5"; "/upload/COPYING.LIB"]],
Digest.to_hex (Digest.file "COPYING.LIB")), []
];
shortdesc = "upload a file from the local machine";
longdesc = {|Upload local file F<filename> to F<remotefilename> on the
filesystem.
F<filename> can also be a named pipe.
See also C<guestfs_download>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "download"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Dev_or_Path, "remotefilename"); String (FileOut, "filename")], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
(* Pick a file from cwd which isn't likely to change. *)
[["mkdir"; "/download"];
["upload"; "$srcdir/../COPYING.LIB"; "/download/COPYING.LIB"];
["download"; "/download/COPYING.LIB"; "testdownload.tmp"];
["upload"; "testdownload.tmp"; "/download/upload"];
["checksum"; "md5"; "/download/upload"]],
Digest.to_hex (Digest.file "COPYING.LIB")), []
];
shortdesc = "download a file to the local machine";
longdesc = {|Download file F<remotefilename> and save it as F<filename>
on the local machine.
F<filename> can also be a named pipe.
See also C<guestfs_upload>, C<guestfs_cat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "checksum"; added = (1, 0, 2);
style = RString (RPlainString, "checksum"), [String (PlainString, "csumtype"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "crc"; "/known-3"]], "2891671662"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["checksum"; "crc"; "/notexists"]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "md5"; "/known-3"]], "46d6ca27ee07cdc6fa99c2e138cc522c"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha1"; "/known-3"]], "b7ebccc3ee418311091c3eda0a45b83c0a770f15"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha224"; "/known-3"]], "d2cd1774b28f3659c14116be0a6dc2bb5c4b350ce9cd5defac707741"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha256"; "/known-3"]], "75bb71b90cd20cb13f86d2bea8dad63ac7194e7517c3b52b8d06ff52d3487d30"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha384"; "/known-3"]], "5fa7883430f357b5d7b7271d3a1d2872b51d73cba72731de6863d3dea55f30646af2799bef44d5ea776a5ec7941ac640"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha512"; "/known-3"]], "2794062c328c6b216dca90443b7f7134c5f40e56bd0ed7853123275a09982a6f992e6ca682f9d2fba34a4c5e870d8fe077694ff831e3032a004ee077e00603f6"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["checksum"; "sha512"; "/abssymlink"]], "5f57d0639bc95081c53afc63a449403883818edc64da48930ad6b1a4fb49be90404686877743fbcd7c99811f3def7df7bc22635c885c6a8cf79c806b43451c1a"), []
];
shortdesc = "compute MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of file";
longdesc = {|This call computes the MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of the
file named C<path>.
The type of checksum to compute is given by the C<csumtype>
parameter which must have one of the following values:
=over 4
=item C<crc>
Compute the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) specified by POSIX
for the C<cksum> command.
=item C<gost>
=item C<gost12>
Compute the checksum using GOST R34.11-94 or
GOST R34.11-2012 message digest.
=item C<md5>
Compute the MD5 hash (using the L<md5sum(1)> program).
=item C<sha1>
Compute the SHA1 hash (using the L<sha1sum(1)> program).
=item C<sha224>
Compute the SHA224 hash (using the L<sha224sum(1)> program).
=item C<sha256>
Compute the SHA256 hash (using the L<sha256sum(1)> program).
=item C<sha384>
Compute the SHA384 hash (using the L<sha384sum(1)> program).
=item C<sha512>
Compute the SHA512 hash (using the L<sha512sum(1)> program).
=back
The checksum is returned as a printable string.
To get the checksum for a device, use C<guestfs_checksum_device>.
To get the checksums for many files, use C<guestfs_checksums_out>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "tar_in"; added = (1, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "tarfile"); String (Pathname, "directory")], [OString "compress"; OBool "xattrs"; OBool "selinux"; OBool "acls"; OBool "keepdirlink"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
cancellable = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/tar_in"];
["tar_in"; "$srcdir/../test-data/files/helloworld.tar"; "/tar_in"; "NOARG"; ""; ""; ""; ""];
["cat"; "/tar_in/hello"]], "hello\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/tar_in_gz"];
["tar_in"; "$srcdir/../test-data/files/helloworld.tar.gz"; "/tar_in_gz"; "gzip"; ""; ""; ""; ""];
["cat"; "/tar_in_gz/hello"]], "hello\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, IfAvailable "xz", TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/tar_in_xz"];
["tar_in"; "$srcdir/../test-data/files/helloworld.tar.xz"; "/tar_in_xz"; "xz"; ""; ""; ""; ""];
["cat"; "/tar_in_xz/hello"]], "hello\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "unpack tarfile to directory";
longdesc = {|This command uploads and unpacks local file C<tarfile> into F<directory>.
The optional C<compress> flag controls compression. If not given,
then the input should be an uncompressed tar file. Otherwise one
of the following strings may be given to select the compression
type of the input file: C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz>, C<lzop>,
C<lzma>, C<zstd>. (Note that not all builds of libguestfs will support
all of these compression types).
The other optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<xattrs>
If set to true, extended attributes are restored from the tar file.
=item C<selinux>
If set to true, SELinux contexts are restored from the tar file.
=item C<acls>
If set to true, POSIX ACLs are restored from the tar file.
=item C<keepdirlink>
If set to true, existing symlinks to directories are followed when
extracting from the tar file. This is important for usrmerge systems
where F</lib> is a symlink to F</usr/lib>.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "tar_out"; added = (1, 0, 3);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "directory"); String (FileOut, "tarfile")], [OString "compress"; OBool "numericowner"; OStringList "excludes"; OBool "xattrs"; OBool "selinux"; OBool "acls"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "pack directory into tarfile";
longdesc = {|This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads
it to local file C<tarfile>.
The optional C<compress> flag controls compression. If not given,
then the output will be an uncompressed tar file. Otherwise one
of the following strings may be given to select the compression
type of the output file: C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz>, C<lzop>,
C<lzma>, C<zstd>. (Note that not all builds of libguestfs will support
all of these compression types).
The other optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<excludes>
A list of wildcards. Files are excluded if they match any of the
wildcards.
=item C<numericowner>
If set to true, the output tar file will contain UID/GID numbers
instead of user/group names.
=item C<xattrs>
If set to true, extended attributes are saved in the output tar.
=item C<selinux>
If set to true, SELinux contexts are saved in the output tar.
=item C<acls>
If set to true, POSIX ACLs are saved in the output tar.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_ro"; added = (1, 0, 10);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable, "mountable"); String (PlainString, "mountpoint")], [];
impl = OCaml "Mount.mount_ro";
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["umount"; "/"; "false"; "false"];
["mount_ro"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["touch"; "/new"]]), [];
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/new"; "data"];
["umount"; "/"; "false"; "false"];
["mount_ro"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "data"), []
];
shortdesc = "mount a guest disk, read-only";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it
mounts the filesystem with the read-only (I<-o ro>) flag." };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_options"; added = (1, 0, 10);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "options"); String (Mountable, "mountable"); String (PlainString, "mountpoint")], [];
impl = OCaml "Mount.mount_options";
shortdesc = "mount a guest disk with mount options";
longdesc = {|This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it
allows you to set the mount options as for the
L<mount(8)> I<-o> flag.
If the C<options> parameter is an empty string, then
no options are passed (all options default to whatever
the filesystem uses).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_vfs"; added = (1, 0, 10);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "options"); String (PlainString, "vfstype"); String (Mountable, "mountable"); String (PlainString, "mountpoint")], [];
impl = OCaml "Mount.mount_vfs";
shortdesc = "mount a guest disk with mount options and vfstype";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as the C<guestfs_mount> command, but it
allows you to set both the mount options and the vfstype
as for the L<mount(8)> I<-o> and I<-t> flags." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvremove"; added = (1, 0, 13);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvremove"; "/dev/VG/LV1"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/VG/LV2\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvremove"; "/dev/VG"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvremove"; "/dev/VG"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"VG\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "remove an LVM logical volume";
longdesc = {|Remove an LVM logical volume C<device>, where C<device> is
the path to the LV, such as F</dev/VG/LV>.
You can also remove all LVs in a volume group by specifying
the VG name, F</dev/VG>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vgremove"; added = (1, 0, 13);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "vgname")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["vgremove"; "VG"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["vgremove"; "VG"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "remove an LVM volume group";
longdesc = "\
Remove an LVM volume group C<vgname>, (for example C<VG>).
This also forcibly removes all logical volumes in the volume
group (if any)." };
{ defaults with
name = "pvremove"; added = (1, 0, 13);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["vgremove"; "VG"];
["pvremove"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["vgremove"; "VG"];
["pvremove"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["vgremove"; "VG"];
["pvremove"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "remove an LVM physical volume";
longdesc = {|This wipes a physical volume C<device> so that LVM will no longer
recognise it.
The implementation uses the L<pvremove(8)> command which refuses to
wipe physical volumes that contain any volume groups, so you have
to remove those first.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fsck"; added = (1, 0, 16);
style = RInt "status", [String (PlainString, "fstype"); String (Device, "device")], [];
fish_output = Some FishOutputHexadecimal;
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResult (
[["umount"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"; "false"];
["fsck"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret == 0"), [];
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResult (
[["umount"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"; "false"];
["zero"; "/dev/sda1"];
["fsck"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret == 8"), []
];
shortdesc = "run the filesystem checker";
longdesc = {|This runs the filesystem checker (fsck) on C<device> which
should have filesystem type C<fstype>.
The returned integer is the status. See L<fsck(8)> for the
list of status codes from C<fsck>.
Notes:
=over 4
=item *
Multiple status codes can be summed together.
=item *
A non-zero return code can mean "success", for example if
errors have been corrected on the filesystem.
=item *
Checking or repairing NTFS volumes is not supported
(by linux-ntfs).
=back
This command is entirely equivalent to running C<fsck -a -t fstype device>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "zero"; added = (1, 0, 16);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestRun (
[["umount"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"; "false"];
["zero"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "write zeroes to the device";
longdesc = {|This command writes zeroes over the first few blocks of C<device>.
How many blocks are zeroed isn't specified (but it’s I<not> enough
to securely wipe the device). It should be sufficient to remove
any partition tables, filesystem superblocks and so on.
If blocks are already zero, then this command avoids writing
zeroes. This prevents the underlying device from becoming non-sparse
or growing unnecessarily.
See also: C<guestfs_zero_device>, C<guestfs_scrub_device>,
C<guestfs_is_zero_device>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "grub_install"; added = (1, 0, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "root"); String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "grub";
(* See:
* https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=484986
* https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=479760
*)
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mkdir_p"; "/boot/grub"];
["write"; "/boot/grub/device.map"; "(hd0) /dev/sda"];
["grub_install"; "/"; "/dev/sda"];
["is_dir"; "/boot"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "install GRUB 1";
longdesc = {|This command installs GRUB 1 (the Grand Unified Bootloader) on
C<device>, with the root directory being C<root>.
Notes:
=over 4
=item *
There is currently no way in the API to install grub2, which
is used by most modern Linux guests. It is possible to run
the grub2 command from the guest, although see the
caveats in L<guestfs(3)/RUNNING COMMANDS>.
=item *
This uses L<grub-install(8)> from the host. Unfortunately grub is
not always compatible with itself, so this only works in rather
narrow circumstances. Careful testing with each guest version
is advisable.
=item *
If grub-install reports the error
"No suitable drive was found in the generated device map."
it may be that you need to create a F</boot/grub/device.map>
file first that contains the mapping between grub device names
and Linux device names. It is usually sufficient to create
a file containing:
(hd0) /dev/vda
replacing F</dev/vda> with the name of the installation device.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "cp"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/cp"];
["write"; "/cp/old"; "file content"];
["cp"; "/cp/old"; "/cp/new"];
["cat"; "/cp/new"]], "file content"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mkdir"; "/cp2"];
["write"; "/cp2/old"; "file content"];
["cp"; "/cp2/old"; "/cp2/new"];
["is_file"; "/cp2/old"; ""]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/cp3"];
["write"; "/cp3/old"; "file content"];
["mkdir"; "/cp3/dir"];
["cp"; "/cp3/old"; "/cp3/dir/new"];
["cat"; "/cp3/dir/new"]], "file content"), []
];
shortdesc = "copy a file";
longdesc = "\
This copies a file from C<src> to C<dest> where C<dest> is
either a destination filename or destination directory." };
{ defaults with
name = "cp_a"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/cp_a1"];
["mkdir"; "/cp_a2"];
["write"; "/cp_a1/file"; "file content"];
["cp_a"; "/cp_a1"; "/cp_a2"];
["cat"; "/cp_a2/cp_a1/file"]], "file content"), []
];
shortdesc = "copy a file or directory recursively";
longdesc = "\
This copies a file or directory from C<src> to C<dest>
recursively using the C<cp -a> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "mv"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/mv"];
["write"; "/mv/old"; "file content"];
["mv"; "/mv/old"; "/mv/new"];
["cat"; "/mv/new"]], "file content"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["mkdir"; "/mv2"];
["write"; "/mv2/old"; "file content"];
["mv"; "/mv2/old"; "/mv2/new"];
["is_file"; "/mv2/old"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "move a file";
longdesc = "\
This moves a file from C<src> to C<dest> where C<dest> is
either a destination filename or destination directory.
See also: C<guestfs_rename>." };
{ defaults with
name = "drop_caches"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RErr, [Int "whattodrop"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["drop_caches"; "3"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "drop kernel page cache, dentries and inodes";
longdesc = {|This instructs the guest kernel to drop its page cache,
and/or dentries and inode caches. The parameter C<whattodrop>
tells the kernel what precisely to drop, see
L<https://linux-mm.org/Drop_Caches>
Setting C<whattodrop> to 3 should drop everything.
This automatically calls L<sync(2)> before the operation,
so that the maximum guest memory is freed.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "dmesg"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RString (RPlainString, "kmsgs"), [], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["dmesg"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "return kernel messages";
longdesc = {|This returns the kernel messages (L<dmesg(1)> output) from
the guest kernel. This is sometimes useful for extended
debugging of problems.
Another way to get the same information is to enable
verbose messages with C<guestfs_set_verbose> or by setting
the environment variable C<LIBGUESTFS_DEBUG=1> before
running the program.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ping_daemon"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RErr, [], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["ping_daemon"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "ping the guest daemon";
longdesc = "\
This is a test probe into the guestfs daemon running inside
the libguestfs appliance. Calling this function checks that the
daemon responds to the ping message, without affecting the daemon
or attached block device(s) in any other way." };
{ defaults with
name = "equal"; added = (1, 0, 18);
style = RBool "equality", [String (Pathname, "file1"); String (Pathname, "file2")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mkdir"; "/equal"];
["write"; "/equal/file1"; "contents of a file"];
["cp"; "/equal/file1"; "/equal/file2"];
["equal"; "/equal/file1"; "/equal/file2"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["mkdir"; "/equal2"];
["write"; "/equal2/file1"; "contents of a file"];
["write"; "/equal2/file2"; "contents of another file"];
["equal"; "/equal2/file1"; "/equal2/file2"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mkdir"; "/equal3"];
["equal"; "/equal3/file1"; "/equal3/file2"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if two files have equal contents";
longdesc = "\
This compares the two files F<file1> and F<file2> and returns
true if their content is exactly equal, or false otherwise.
The external L<cmp(1)> program is used for the comparison." };
{ defaults with
name = "strings"; added = (1, 0, 22);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "stringsout"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["strings"; "/known-5"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abcdefghi\", \"jklmnopqr\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["strings"; "/empty"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestRun (
[["strings"; "/abssymlink"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "print the printable strings in a file";
longdesc = {|This runs the L<strings(1)> command on a file and returns
the list of printable strings found.
The C<strings> command has, in the past, had problems with
parsing untrusted files. These are mitigated in the current
version of libguestfs, but see L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2014-8484>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "strings_e"; added = (1, 0, 22);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "stringsout"), [String (PlainString, "encoding"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["strings_e"; "b"; "/known-5"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/strings_e"; "\000h\000e\000l\000l\000o\000\n\000w\000o\000r\000l\000d\000\n"];
["strings_e"; "b"; "/strings_e"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"hello\", \"world\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "print the printable strings in a file";
longdesc = {|This is like the C<guestfs_strings> command, but allows you to
specify the encoding of strings that are looked for in
the source file C<path>.
Allowed encodings are:
=over 4
=item s
Single 7-bit-byte characters like ASCII and the ASCII-compatible
parts of ISO-8859-X (this is what C<guestfs_strings> uses).
=item S
Single 8-bit-byte characters.
=item b
16-bit big endian strings such as those encoded in
UTF-16BE or UCS-2BE.
=item l (lower case letter L)
16-bit little endian such as UTF-16LE and UCS-2LE.
This is useful for examining binaries in Windows guests.
=item B
32-bit big endian such as UCS-4BE.
=item L
32-bit little endian such as UCS-4LE.
=back
The returned strings are transcoded to UTF-8.
The C<strings> command has, in the past, had problems with
parsing untrusted files. These are mitigated in the current
version of libguestfs, but see L<guestfs(3)/CVE-2014-8484>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "hexdump"; added = (1, 0, 22);
style = RString (RPlainString, "dump"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["hexdump"; "/known-4"]], "00000000 61 62 63 0a 64 65 66 0a 67 68 69 |abc.def.ghi|\n0000000b\n"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#501888c2 regression which caused large hexdump
* commands to segfault.
*)
InitISOFS, Always, TestRun (
[["hexdump"; "/100krandom"]]), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestRun (
[["hexdump"; "/abssymlink"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "dump a file in hexadecimal";
longdesc = "\
This runs C<hexdump -C> on the given C<path>. The result is
the human-readable, canonical hex dump of the file." };
{ defaults with
name = "zerofree"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "zerofree";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext3"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "test file"];
["umount"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"; "false"];
["zerofree"; "/dev/sda1"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "test file"), []
];
shortdesc = "zero unused inodes and disk blocks on ext2/3 filesystem";
longdesc = {|This runs the I<zerofree> program on C<device>. This program
claims to zero unused inodes and disk blocks on an ext2/3
filesystem, thus making it possible to compress the filesystem
more effectively.
You should B<not> run this program if the filesystem is
mounted.
It is possible that using this program can damage the filesystem
or data on the filesystem.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvresize"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "resize an LVM physical volume";
longdesc = "\
This resizes (expands or shrinks) an existing LVM physical
volume to match the new size of the underlying device." };
{ defaults with
name = "sfdisk_kernel_geometry"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RString (RPlainString, "partitions"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "display the kernel geometry";
longdesc = "\
This displays the kernel’s idea of the geometry of C<device>.
The result is in human-readable format, and not designed to
be parsed." };
{ defaults with
name = "sfdisk_disk_geometry"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RString (RPlainString, "partitions"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "display the disk geometry from the partition table";
longdesc = {|This displays the disk geometry of C<device> read from the
partition table. Especially in the case where the underlying
block device has been resized, this can be different from the
kernel’s idea of the geometry (see C<guestfs_sfdisk_kernel_geometry>).
The result is in human-readable format, and not designed to
be parsed.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vg_activate_all"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RErr, [Bool "activate"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "activate or deactivate all volume groups";
longdesc = "\
This command activates or (if C<activate> is false) deactivates
all logical volumes in all volume groups.
This command is the same as running C<vgchange -a y|n>" };
{ defaults with
name = "vg_activate"; added = (1, 0, 26);
style = RErr, [Bool "activate"; StringList (PlainString, "volgroups")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "activate or deactivate some volume groups";
longdesc = {|This command activates or (if C<activate> is false) deactivates
all logical volumes in the listed volume groups C<volgroups>.
This command is the same as running C<vgchange -a y|n volgroups...>
Note that if C<volgroups> is an empty list then B<all> volume groups
are activated or deactivated.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvresize"; added = (1, 0, 27);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "mbytes"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV"; "VG"; "10"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/VG/LV"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "test content"];
["umount"; "/"; "false"; "false"];
["lvresize"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "20"];
["e2fsck_f"; "/dev/VG/LV"];
["e2fsck"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "true"; "false"; "false"];
["e2fsck"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "false"; "true"; "false"];
["resize2fs"; "/dev/VG/LV"];
["mount"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "/"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "test content"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestRun (
(* Make an LV smaller to test RHBZ#587484. *)
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV"; "VG"; "20"];
["lvresize"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "10"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "resize an LVM logical volume";
longdesc = "\
This resizes (expands or shrinks) an existing LVM logical
volume to C<mbytes>. When reducing, data in the reduced part
is lost." };
{ defaults with
name = "resize2fs"; added = (1, 0, 27);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "resize an ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem";
longdesc = "\
This resizes an ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem to match the size of
the underlying device.
See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>." };
{ defaults with
name = "sleep"; added = (1, 0, 41);
style = RErr, [Int "secs"], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun (
[["sleep"; "1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "sleep for some seconds";
longdesc = "\
Sleep for C<secs> seconds." };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfs_3g_probe"; added = (1, 0, 43);
style = RInt "status", [Bool "rw"; String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "ntfs3g";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ntfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["ntfs_3g_probe"; "true"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret == 0"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["ntfs_3g_probe"; "true"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret == 12"), []
];
shortdesc = "probe NTFS volume";
longdesc = {|This command runs the L<ntfs-3g.probe(8)> command which probes
an NTFS C<device> for mountability. (Not all NTFS volumes can
be mounted read-write, and some cannot be mounted at all).
C<rw> is a boolean flag. Set it to true if you want to test
if the volume can be mounted read-write. Set it to false if
you want to test if the volume can be mounted read-only.
The return value is an integer which C<0> if the operation
would succeed, or some non-zero value documented in the
L<ntfs-3g.probe(8)> manual page.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "sh"; added = (1, 0, 50);
style = RString (RPlainString, "output"), [String (PlainString, "command")], [];
shortdesc = "run a command via the shell";
longdesc = {|This call runs a command from the guest filesystem via the
guest’s F</bin/sh>.
This is like C<guestfs_command>, but passes the command to:
/bin/sh -c "command"
Depending on the guest’s shell, this usually results in
wildcards being expanded, shell expressions being interpolated
and so on.
All the provisos about C<guestfs_command> apply to this call.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "sh_lines"; added = (1, 0, 50);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [String (PlainString, "command")], [];
shortdesc = "run a command via the shell returning lines";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_sh>, but splits the result
into a list of lines.
See also: C<guestfs_command_lines>" };
{ defaults with
name = "sh_out"; added = (1, 55, 6);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "command"); String (FileOut, "output")], [];
test_excuse = "there is a separate test in the tests directory";
shortdesc = "run a command via the shell";
longdesc = {|This is the same as C<guestfs_sh>, but streams the output
back, handling the case where the output from the command is
larger than the protocol limit.
See also: C<guestfs_command_out>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "glob_expand"; added = (1, 0, 50);
(* Use Pathname here, and hence ABS_PATH (pattern,...) in
* generated code in stubs.c, since all valid glob patterns must
* start with "/". There is no concept of "cwd" in libguestfs,
* hence no "."-relative names.
*)
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "paths"), [String (Pathname, "pattern")], [OBool "directoryslash"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_p"; "/glob_expand/b/c"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand/b/c/d"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand/b/c/e"];
["glob_expand"; "/glob_expand/b/c/*"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"/glob_expand/b/c/d\", \"/glob_expand/b/c/e\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_p"; "/glob_expand2/b/c"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand2/b/c/d"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand2/b/c/e"];
["glob_expand"; "/glob_expand2/*/c/*"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"/glob_expand2/b/c/d\", \"/glob_expand2/b/c/e\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_p"; "/glob_expand3/b/c"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand3/b/c/d"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand3/b/c/e"];
["glob_expand"; "/glob_expand3/*/x/*"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_p"; "/glob_expand4/b/c"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand4/b1"];
["touch"; "/glob_expand4/c1"];
["glob_expand"; "/glob_expand4/b*"; "false"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"/glob_expand4/b\", \"/glob_expand4/b1\")"), [];
];
shortdesc = "expand a wildcard path";
longdesc = {|This command searches for all the pathnames matching
C<pattern> according to the wildcard expansion rules
used by the shell.
If no paths match, then this returns an empty list
(note: not an error).
It is just a wrapper around the C L<glob(3)> function
with flags C<GLOB_MARK|GLOB_BRACE>.
See that manual page for more details.
C<directoryslash> controls whether use the C<GLOB_MARK> flag for
L<glob(3)>, and it defaults to true. It can be explicitly set as
off to return no trailing slashes in filenames of directories.
Notice that there is no equivalent command for expanding a device
name (eg. F</dev/sd*>). Use C<guestfs_list_devices>,
C<guestfs_list_partitions> etc functions instead.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "scrub_device"; added = (1, 0, 52);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "scrub";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun ( (* use /dev/sdc because it's smaller *)
[["scrub_device"; "/dev/sdc"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "scrub (securely wipe) a device";
longdesc = {|This command writes patterns over C<device> to make data retrieval
more difficult.
It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program. See that
manual page for more details.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "scrub_file"; added = (1, 0, 52);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
optional = Some "scrub";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["write"; "/scrub_file"; "content"];
["scrub_file"; "/scrub_file"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["write"; "/scrub_file_2"; "content"];
["ln_s"; "/scrub_file_2"; "/scrub_file_2_link"];
["scrub_file"; "/scrub_file_2_link"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["ln_s"; "/scrub_file_3_notexisting"; "/scrub_file_3_link"];
["scrub_file"; "/scrub_file_3_link"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["write"; "/scrub_file_4"; "content"];
["ln_s"; "../sysroot/scrub_file_4"; "/scrub_file_4_link"];
["scrub_file"; "/scrub_file_4_link"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "scrub (securely wipe) a file";
longdesc = {|This command writes patterns over a file to make data retrieval
more difficult.
The file is I<removed> after scrubbing.
It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program. See that
manual page for more details.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "scrub_freespace"; added = (1, 0, 52);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dir")], [];
optional = Some "scrub";
tests = [] (* XXX needs testing *);
shortdesc = "scrub (securely wipe) free space";
longdesc = {|This command creates the directory C<dir> and then fills it
with files until the filesystem is full, and scrubs the files
as for C<guestfs_scrub_file>, and deletes them.
The intention is to scrub any free space on the partition
containing C<dir>.
It is an interface to the L<scrub(1)> program. See that
manual page for more details.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mkdtemp"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RString (RPlainString, "dir"), [String (Pathname, "tmpl")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["mkdir"; "/mkdtemp"];
["mkdtemp"; "/mkdtemp/tmpXXXXXX"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create a temporary directory";
longdesc = {|This command creates a temporary directory. The
C<tmpl> parameter should be a full pathname for the
temporary directory name with the final six characters being
"XXXXXX".
For example: "/tmp/myprogXXXXXX" or "/Temp/myprogXXXXXX",
the second one being suitable for Windows filesystems.
The name of the temporary directory that was created
is returned.
The temporary directory is created with mode 0700
and is owned by root.
The caller is responsible for deleting the temporary
directory and its contents after use.
See also: L<mkdtemp(3)>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "wc_l"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RInt "lines", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["wc_l"; "/10klines"]], "ret == 10000"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["wc_l"; "/abssymlink"]], "ret == 10000"), []
];
shortdesc = "count lines in a file";
longdesc = "\
This command counts the lines in a file, using the
C<wc -l> external command." };
{ defaults with
name = "wc_w"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RInt "words", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["wc_w"; "/10klines"]], "ret == 10000"), []
];
shortdesc = "count words in a file";
longdesc = "\
This command counts the words in a file, using the
C<wc -w> external command." };
{ defaults with
name = "wc_c"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RInt "chars", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["wc_c"; "/100kallspaces"]], "ret == 102400"), []
];
shortdesc = "count characters in a file";
longdesc = "\
This command counts the characters in a file, using the
C<wc -c> external command." };
{ defaults with
name = "head"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["head"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 10, \"0abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"1abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"2abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"3abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"4abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"5abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"6abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"7abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"8abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["head"; "/abssymlink"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 10, \"0abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"1abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"2abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"3abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"4abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"5abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"6abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"7abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"8abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "return first 10 lines of a file";
longdesc = "\
This command returns up to the first 10 lines of a file as
a list of strings." };
{ defaults with
name = "head_n"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [Int "nrlines"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["head_n"; "3"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"0abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"1abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"2abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["head_n"; "-9997"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"0abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"1abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"2abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["head_n"; "0"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "return first N lines of a file";
longdesc = {|If the parameter C<nrlines> is a positive number, this returns the first
C<nrlines> lines of the file C<path>.
If the parameter C<nrlines> is a negative number, this returns lines
from the file C<path>, excluding the last C<nrlines> lines.
If the parameter C<nrlines> is zero, this returns an empty list.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "tail"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tail"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 10, \"9990abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9991abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9992abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9993abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9994abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9995abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9996abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9997abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9998abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9999abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "return last 10 lines of a file";
longdesc = "\
This command returns up to the last 10 lines of a file as
a list of strings." };
{ defaults with
name = "tail_n"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [Int "nrlines"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tail_n"; "3"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"9997abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9998abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9999abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tail_n"; "-9998"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"9997abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9998abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\", \"9999abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tail_n"; "0"; "/10klines"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), []
];
shortdesc = "return last N lines of a file";
longdesc = {|If the parameter C<nrlines> is a positive number, this returns the last
C<nrlines> lines of the file C<path>.
If the parameter C<nrlines> is a negative number, this returns lines
from the file C<path>, starting with the C<-nrlines>'th line.
If the parameter C<nrlines> is zero, this returns an empty list.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "df"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RString (RPlainString, "output"), [], [];
test_excuse = "tricky to test because it depends on the exact format of the 'df' command and other imponderables";
shortdesc = "report file system disk space usage";
longdesc = {|This command runs the L<df(1)> command to report disk space used.
This command is mostly useful for interactive sessions. It
is I<not> intended that you try to parse the output string.
Use C<guestfs_statvfs> from programs.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "df_h"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RString (RPlainString, "output"), [], [];
test_excuse = "tricky to test because it depends on the exact format of the 'df' command and other imponderables";
shortdesc = "report file system disk space usage (human readable)";
longdesc = {|This command runs the C<df -h> command to report disk space used
in human-readable format.
This command is mostly useful for interactive sessions. It
is I<not> intended that you try to parse the output string.
Use C<guestfs_statvfs> from programs.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "du"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RInt64 "sizekb", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["du"; "/directory"]], "ret == 2" (* ISO fs blocksize is 2K *)), []
];
shortdesc = "estimate file space usage";
longdesc = {|This command runs the C<du -s> command to estimate file space
usage for C<path>.
C<path> can be a file or a directory. If C<path> is a directory
then the estimate includes the contents of the directory and all
subdirectories (recursively).
The result is the estimated size in I<kilobytes>
(ie. units of 1024 bytes).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "initrd_list"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "filenames"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["initrd_list"; "/initrd"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 6, \"empty\", \"known-1\", \"known-2\", \"known-3\", \"known-4\", \"known-5\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "list files in an initrd";
longdesc = {|This command lists out files contained in an initrd.
The files are listed without any initial F</> character. The
files are listed in the order they appear (not necessarily
alphabetical). Directory names are listed as separate items.
Old Linux kernels (2.4 and earlier) used a compressed ext2
filesystem as initrd. We I<only> support the newer initramfs
format (compressed cpio files).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mount_loop"; added = (1, 0, 54);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file"); String (Pathname, "mountpoint")], [];
shortdesc = "mount a file using the loop device";
longdesc = "\
This command lets you mount F<file> (a filesystem image
in a file) on a mount point. It is entirely equivalent to
the command C<mount -o loop file mountpoint>." };
{ defaults with
name = "mkswap"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OString "label"; OString "uuid"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "hello"; "NOARG"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "NOARG"; stable_uuid];
["vfs_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"]], stable_uuid), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "hello"; stable_uuid];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "hello"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a swap partition";
longdesc = "\
Create a Linux swap partition on C<device>.
The option arguments C<label> and C<uuid> allow you to set the
label and/or UUID of the new swap partition." };
{ defaults with
name = "mknod"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RErr, [Int "mode"; Int "devmajor"; Int "devminor"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "mknod";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod"; "0o10777"; "0"; "0"; "/mknod"];
(* NB: default umask 022 means 0777 -> 0755 in these tests *)
["stat"; "/mknod"]],
"S_ISFIFO (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0755"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod"; "0o60777"; "66"; "99"; "/mknod2"];
["stat"; "/mknod2"]],
"S_ISBLK (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0755"), []
];
shortdesc = "make block, character or FIFO devices";
longdesc = {|This call creates block or character special devices, or
named pipes (FIFOs).
The C<mode> parameter should be the mode, using the standard
constants. C<devmajor> and C<devminor> are the
device major and minor numbers, only used when creating block
and character special devices.
Note that, just like L<mknod(2)>, the mode must be bitwise
OR'd with S_IFBLK, S_IFCHR, S_IFIFO or S_IFSOCK (otherwise this call
just creates a regular file). These constants are
available in the standard Linux header files, or you can use
C<guestfs_mknod_b>, C<guestfs_mknod_c> or C<guestfs_mkfifo>
which are wrappers around this command which bitwise OR
in the appropriate constant for you.
The mode actually set is affected by the umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mkfifo"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RErr, [Int "mode"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "mknod";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkfifo"; "0o777"; "/mkfifo"];
["stat"; "/mkfifo"]],
"S_ISFIFO (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0755"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mkfifo"; "0o20777"; "/mkfifo-2"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "make FIFO (named pipe)";
longdesc = {|This call creates a FIFO (named pipe) called C<path> with
mode C<mode>. It is just a convenient wrapper around
C<guestfs_mknod>.
Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions
bits.
The mode actually set is affected by the umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mknod_b"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RErr, [Int "mode"; Int "devmajor"; Int "devminor"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "mknod";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod_b"; "0o777"; "99"; "66"; "/mknod_b"];
["stat"; "/mknod_b"]],
"S_ISBLK (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0755"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mknod_b"; "0o10777"; "99"; "66"; "/mknod_b-2"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "make block device node";
longdesc = {|This call creates a block device node called C<path> with
mode C<mode> and device major/minor C<devmajor> and C<devminor>.
It is just a convenient wrapper around C<guestfs_mknod>.
Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions
bits.
The mode actually set is affected by the umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mknod_c"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RErr, [Int "mode"; Int "devmajor"; Int "devminor"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "mknod";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod_c"; "0o777"; "99"; "66"; "/mknod_c"];
["stat"; "/mknod_c"]],
"S_ISCHR (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0755"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mknod_c"; "0o20777"; "99"; "66"; "/mknod_c-2"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "make char device node";
longdesc = {|This call creates a char device node called C<path> with
mode C<mode> and device major/minor C<devmajor> and C<devminor>.
It is just a convenient wrapper around C<guestfs_mknod>.
Unlike with C<guestfs_mknod>, C<mode> B<must> contain only permissions
bits.
The mode actually set is affected by the umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "umask"; added = (1, 0, 55);
style = RInt "oldmask", [Int "mask"], [];
fish_output = Some FishOutputOctal;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["umask"; "0o22"]], "ret == 022"), []
];
shortdesc = "set file mode creation mask (umask)";
longdesc = {|This function sets the mask used for creating new files and
device nodes to C<mask & 0777>.
Typical umask values would be C<022> which creates new files
with permissions like "-rw-r--r--" or "-rwxr-xr-x", and
C<002> which creates new files with permissions like
"-rw-rw-r--" or "-rwxrwxr-x".
The default umask is C<022>. This is important because it
means that directories and device nodes will be created with
C<0644> or C<0755> mode even if you specify C<0777>.
See also C<guestfs_get_umask>,
L<umask(2)>, C<guestfs_mknod>, C<guestfs_mkdir>.
This call returns the previous umask.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "getxattrs"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RStructList ("xattrs", "xattr"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "list extended attributes of a file or directory";
longdesc = {|This call lists the extended attributes of the file or directory
C<path>.
At the system call level, this is a combination of the
L<listxattr(2)> and L<getxattr(2)> calls.
See also: C<guestfs_lgetxattrs>, L<attr(5)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lgetxattrs"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RStructList ("xattrs", "xattr"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "list extended attributes of a file or directory";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_getxattrs>, but if C<path>
is a symbolic link, then it returns the extended attributes
of the link itself." };
{ defaults with
name = "setxattr"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "xattr");
String (PlainString, "val"); Int "vallen"; (* will be BufferIn *)
String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "set extended attribute of a file or directory";
longdesc = {|This call sets the extended attribute named C<xattr>
of the file C<path> to the value C<val> (of length C<vallen>).
The value is arbitrary 8 bit data.
See also: C<guestfs_lsetxattr>, L<attr(5)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lsetxattr"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "xattr");
String (PlainString, "val"); Int "vallen"; (* will be BufferIn *)
String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "set extended attribute of a file or directory";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_setxattr>, but if C<path>
is a symbolic link, then it sets an extended attribute
of the link itself." };
{ defaults with
name = "removexattr"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "xattr"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "remove extended attribute of a file or directory";
longdesc = "\
This call removes the extended attribute named C<xattr>
of the file C<path>.
See also: C<guestfs_lremovexattr>, L<attr(5)>." };
{ defaults with
name = "lremovexattr"; added = (1, 0, 59);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "xattr"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "remove extended attribute of a file or directory";
longdesc = "\
This is the same as C<guestfs_removexattr>, but if C<path>
is a symbolic link, then it removes an extended attribute
of the link itself." };
{ defaults with
name = "mountpoints"; added = (1, 0, 62);
style = RHashtable (RMountable, RPlainString, "mps"), [], [];
shortdesc = "show mountpoints";
longdesc = "\
This call is similar to C<guestfs_mounts>. That call returns
a list of devices. This one returns a hash table (map) of
device name to directory where the device is mounted." };
{ defaults with
name = "mkmountpoint"; added = (1, 0, 62);
(* This is a special case: while you would expect a parameter
* of type "Pathname", that doesn't work, because it implies
* NEED_ROOT in the generated calling code in stubs.c, and
* this function cannot use NEED_ROOT.
*)
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "exemptpath")], [];
shortdesc = "create a mountpoint";
longdesc = {|C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> and C<guestfs_rmmountpoint> are
specialized calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints
before mounting the first filesystem.
These calls are I<only> necessary in some very limited circumstances,
mainly the case where you want to mount a mix of unrelated and/or
read-only filesystems together.
For example, live CDs often contain a "Russian doll" nest of
filesystems, an ISO outer layer, with a squashfs image inside, with
an ext2/3 image inside that. You can unpack this as follows
in guestfish:
add-ro Fedora-11-i686-Live.iso
run
mkmountpoint /cd
mkmountpoint /sqsh
mkmountpoint /ext3fs
mount /dev/sda /cd
mount-loop /cd/LiveOS/squashfs.img /sqsh
mount-loop /sqsh/LiveOS/ext3fs.img /ext3fs
The inner filesystem is now unpacked under the /ext3fs mountpoint.
C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> is not compatible with C<guestfs_umount_all>.
You may get unexpected errors if you try to mix these calls. It is
safest to manually unmount filesystems and remove mountpoints after use.
C<guestfs_umount_all> unmounts filesystems by sorting the paths
longest first, so for this to work for manual mountpoints, you
must ensure that the innermost mountpoints have the longest
pathnames, as in the example code above.
For more details see L<https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=599503>
Autosync [see C<guestfs_set_autosync>, this is set by default on
handles] can cause C<guestfs_umount_all> to be called when the handle
is closed which can also trigger these issues.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "rmmountpoint"; added = (1, 0, 62);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "exemptpath")], [];
shortdesc = "remove a mountpoint";
longdesc = "\
This call removes a mountpoint that was previously created
with C<guestfs_mkmountpoint>. See C<guestfs_mkmountpoint>
for full details." };
{ defaults with
name = "grep"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "lines"), [String (PlainString, "regex"); String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "extended"; OBool "fixed"; OBool "insensitive"; OBool "compressed"];
protocol_limit_warning = true; once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; ""; ""; ""; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "nomatch"; "/test-grep.txt"; ""; ""; ""; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
(* Test for RHBZ#579608, absolute symbolic links. *)
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "nomatch"; "/abssymlink"; ""; ""; ""; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; "true"; ""; ""; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; ""; "true"; ""; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; ""; ""; "true"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; "true"; ""; "true"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt"; ""; "true"; "true"; ""]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; ""; ""; ""; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; "true"; ""; ""; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; ""; "true"; ""; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"abc\", \"abc123\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; ""; ""; "true"; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; "true"; ""; "true"; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["grep"; "abc"; "/test-grep.txt.gz"; ""; "true"; "true"; "true"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 3, \"abc\", \"abc123\", \"ABC\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "return lines matching a pattern";
longdesc = {|This calls the external L<grep(1)> program and returns the
matching lines.
The optional flags are:
=over 4
=item C<extended>
Use extended regular expressions.
This is the same as using the I<-E> flag.
=item C<fixed>
Match fixed (don't use regular expressions).
This is the same as using the I<-F> flag.
=item C<insensitive>
Match case-insensitive. This is the same as using the I<-i> flag.
=item C<compressed>
Use L<zgrep(1)> instead of L<grep(1)>. This allows the input to be
compress- or gzip-compressed.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "realpath"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RString (RPlainString, "rpath"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "Realpath.realpath";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["realpath"; "/../directory"]], "/directory"), []
];
shortdesc = "canonicalized absolute pathname";
longdesc = "\
Return the canonicalized absolute pathname of C<path>. The
returned path has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements." };
{ defaults with
name = "ln"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "target"); String (Pathname, "linkname")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/ln"];
["touch"; "/ln/a"];
["ln"; "/ln/a"; "/ln/b"];
["stat"; "/ln/b"]], "ret->nlink == 2"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a hard link";
longdesc = "\
This command creates a hard link." };
{ defaults with
name = "ln_f"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "target"); String (Pathname, "linkname")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/ln_f"];
["touch"; "/ln_f/a"];
["touch"; "/ln_f/b"];
["ln_f"; "/ln_f/a"; "/ln_f/b"];
["stat"; "/ln_f/b"]], "ret->nlink == 2"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a hard link";
longdesc = "\
This command creates a hard link, removing the link C<linkname>
if it exists already." };
{ defaults with
name = "ln_s"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "target"); String (Pathname, "linkname")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/ln_s"];
["touch"; "/ln_s/a"];
["ln_s"; "a"; "/ln_s/b"];
["lstat"; "/ln_s/b"]],
"S_ISLNK (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0777"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a symbolic link";
longdesc = "\
This command creates a symbolic link using the C<ln -s> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "ln_sf"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "target"); String (Pathname, "linkname")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir_p"; "/ln_sf/b"];
["touch"; "/ln_sf/b/c"];
["ln_sf"; "../d"; "/ln_sf/b/c"];
["readlink"; "/ln_sf/b/c"]], "../d"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a symbolic link";
longdesc = "\
This command creates a symbolic link using the C<ln -sf> command,
The I<-f> option removes the link (C<linkname>) if it exists already." };
{ defaults with
name = "readlink"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RString (RPlainString, "link"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "Link.readlink";
shortdesc = "read the target of a symbolic link";
longdesc = "\
This command reads the target of a symbolic link." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapon_device"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"];
["swapon_device"; "/dev/sda1"];
["swapoff_device"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable swap on device";
longdesc = {|This command enables the libguestfs appliance to use the
swap device or partition named C<device>. The increased
memory is made available for all commands, for example
those run using C<guestfs_command> or C<guestfs_sh>.
Note that you should not swap to existing guest swap
partitions unless you know what you are doing. They may
contain hibernation information, or other information that
the guest doesn't want you to trash. You also risk leaking
information about the host to the guest this way. Instead,
attach a new host device to the guest and swap on that.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "swapoff_device"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "disable swap on device";
longdesc = "\
This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap
device or partition named C<device>.
See C<guestfs_swapon_device>." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapon_file"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["fallocate"; "/swapon_file"; "8388608"];
["mkswap_file"; "/swapon_file"];
["swapon_file"; "/swapon_file"];
["swapoff_file"; "/swapon_file"];
["rm"; "/swapon_file"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable swap on file";
longdesc = "\
This command enables swap to a file.
See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapoff_file"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
shortdesc = "disable swap on file";
longdesc = "\
This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on file." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapon_label"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "label")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkswap"; "/dev/sda1"; "swapit"; "NOARG"];
["swapon_label"; "swapit"];
["swapoff_label"; "swapit"];
["zero"; "/dev/sda"];
["blockdev_rereadpt"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable swap on labeled swap partition";
longdesc = "\
This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.
See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapoff_label"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "label")], [];
shortdesc = "disable swap on labeled swap partition";
longdesc = "\
This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on
labeled swap partition." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapon_uuid"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "uuid")], [];
optional = Some "linuxfsuuid";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["mkswap"; "/dev/sdc"; "NOARG"; stable_uuid];
["swapon_uuid"; stable_uuid];
["swapoff_uuid"; stable_uuid]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable swap on swap partition by UUID";
longdesc = "\
This command enables swap to a swap partition with the given UUID.
See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes." };
{ defaults with
name = "swapoff_uuid"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "uuid")], [];
optional = Some "linuxfsuuid";
shortdesc = "disable swap on swap partition by UUID";
longdesc = "\
This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap partition
with the given UUID." };
{ defaults with
name = "mkswap_file"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["fallocate"; "/mkswap_file"; "8388608"];
["mkswap_file"; "/mkswap_file"];
["rm"; "/mkswap_file"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create a swap file";
longdesc = "\
Create a swap file.
This command just writes a swap file signature to an existing
file. To create the file itself, use something like C<guestfs_fallocate>." };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_init"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [Int "maxevents"], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestRun (
[["inotify_init"; "0"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create an inotify handle";
longdesc = {|This command creates a new inotify handle.
The inotify subsystem can be used to notify events which happen to
objects in the guest filesystem.
C<maxevents> is the maximum number of events which will be
queued up between calls to C<guestfs_inotify_read> or
C<guestfs_inotify_files>.
If this is passed as C<0>, then the kernel (or previously set)
default is used. For Linux 2.6.29 the default was 16384 events.
Beyond this limit, the kernel throws away events, but records
the fact that it threw them away by setting a flag
C<IN_Q_OVERFLOW> in the returned structure list (see
C<guestfs_inotify_read>).
Before any events are generated, you have to add some
watches to the internal watch list. See: C<guestfs_inotify_add_watch> and
C<guestfs_inotify_rm_watch>.
Queued up events should be read periodically by calling
C<guestfs_inotify_read>
(or C<guestfs_inotify_files> which is just a helpful
wrapper around C<guestfs_inotify_read>). If you don't
read the events out often enough then you risk the internal
queue overflowing.
The handle should be closed after use by calling
C<guestfs_inotify_close>. This also removes any
watches automatically.
See also L<inotify(7)> for an overview of the inotify interface
as exposed by the Linux kernel, which is roughly what we expose
via libguestfs. Note that there is one global inotify handle
per libguestfs instance.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_add_watch"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RInt64 "wd", [String (Pathname, "path"); Int "mask"], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/inotify_add_watch"];
["inotify_init"; "0"];
["inotify_add_watch"; "/inotify_add_watch"; "4095"];
["touch"; "/inotify_add_watch/a"];
["touch"; "/inotify_add_watch/b"];
["inotify_files"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"a\", \"b\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "add an inotify watch";
longdesc = {|Watch C<path> for the events listed in C<mask>.
Note that if C<path> is a directory then events within that
directory are watched, but this does I<not> happen recursively
(in subdirectories).
Note for non-C or non-Linux callers: the inotify events are
defined by the Linux kernel ABI and are listed in
F</usr/include/sys/inotify.h>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_rm_watch"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [Int(*XXX64*) "wd"], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
shortdesc = "remove an inotify watch";
longdesc = "\
Remove a previously defined inotify watch.
See C<guestfs_inotify_add_watch>." };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_read"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RStructList ("events", "inotify_event"), [], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
shortdesc = "return list of inotify events";
longdesc = {|Return the complete queue of events that have happened
since the previous read call.
If no events have happened, this returns an empty list.
I<Note>: In order to make sure that all events have been
read, you must call this function repeatedly until it
returns an empty list. The reason is that the call will
read events up to the maximum appliance-to-host message
size and leave remaining events in the queue.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_files"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "paths"), [], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
shortdesc = "return list of watched files that had events";
longdesc = "\
This function is a helpful wrapper around C<guestfs_inotify_read>
which just returns a list of pathnames of objects that were
touched. The returned pathnames are sorted and deduplicated." };
{ defaults with
name = "inotify_close"; added = (1, 0, 66);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "inotify";
shortdesc = "close the inotify handle";
longdesc = "\
This closes the inotify handle which was previously
opened by inotify_init. It removes all watches, throws
away any pending events, and deallocates all resources." };
{ defaults with
name = "modprobe"; added = (1, 0, 68);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "modulename")], [];
optional = Some "linuxmodules";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun [["modprobe"; "fat"]], []
];
shortdesc = "load a kernel module";
longdesc = "\
This loads a kernel module in the appliance." };
{ defaults with
name = "echo_daemon"; added = (1, 0, 69);
style = RString (RPlainString, "output"), [StringList (PlainString, "words")], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["echo_daemon"; "This is a test"]], "This is a test"), [];
InitNone, Always, TestResultString (
[["echo_daemon"; ""]], ""), [];
];
shortdesc = "echo arguments back to the client";
longdesc = {|This command concatenates the list of C<words> passed with single spaces
between them and returns the resulting string.
You can use this command to test the connection through to the daemon.
See also C<guestfs_ping_daemon>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "find0"; added = (1, 0, 74);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "directory"); String (FileOut, "files")], [];
cancellable = true;
test_excuse = "there is a regression test for this";
shortdesc = "find all files and directories, returning NUL-separated list";
longdesc = {|This command lists out all files and directories, recursively,
starting at F<directory>, placing the resulting list in the
external file called F<files>.
This command works the same way as C<guestfs_find> with the
following exceptions:
=over 4
=item *
The resulting list is written to an external file.
=item *
Items (filenames) in the result are separated
by C<\0> characters. See L<find(1)> option I<-print0>.
=item *
The result list is not sorted.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "case_sensitive_path"; added = (1, 0, 75);
style = RString (RPlainString, "rpath"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "Realpath.case_sensitive_path";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["case_sensitive_path"; "/DIRECTORY"]], "/directory"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["case_sensitive_path"; "/DIRECTORY/"]], "/directory"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["case_sensitive_path"; "/Known-1"]], "/known-1"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["case_sensitive_path"; "/Known-1/"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path"];
["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path/bbb"];
["touch"; "/case_sensitive_path/bbb/c"];
["case_sensitive_path"; "/CASE_SENSITIVE_path/bbB/C"]], "/case_sensitive_path/bbb/c"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path2"];
["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path2/bbb"];
["touch"; "/case_sensitive_path2/bbb/c"];
["case_sensitive_path"; "/case_sensitive_PATH2////bbB/C"]], "/case_sensitive_path2/bbb/c"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path3"];
["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path3/bbb"];
["touch"; "/case_sensitive_path3/bbb/c"];
["case_sensitive_path"; "/case_SENSITIVE_path3/bbb/../bbb/C"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/case_sensitive_path4"];
["case_sensitive_path"; "/case_SENSITIVE_path4/new_file"]], "/case_sensitive_path4/new_file"), []
];
shortdesc = "return true path on case-insensitive filesystem";
longdesc = {|This can be used to resolve case insensitive paths on
a filesystem which is case sensitive. The use case is
to resolve paths which you have read from Windows configuration
files or the Windows Registry, to the true path.
The command handles a peculiarity of the Linux ntfs-3g
filesystem driver (and probably others), which is that although
the underlying filesystem is case-insensitive, the driver
exports the filesystem to Linux as case-sensitive.
One consequence of this is that special directories such
as F<C:\windows> may appear as F</WINDOWS> or F</windows>
(or other things) depending on the precise details of how
they were created. In Windows itself this would not be
a problem.
Bug or feature? You decide. See the relevant entry in the ntfs-3g FAQ:
L<https://github.com/tuxera/ntfs-3g/wiki/NTFS-3G-FAQ>
C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> attempts to resolve the true case of
each element in the path. It will return a resolved path if either the
full path or its parent directory exists. If the parent directory
exists but the full path does not, the case of the parent directory
will be correctly resolved, and the remainder appended unmodified. For
example, if the file C<"/Windows/System32/netkvm.sys"> exists:
=over 4
=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system32/netkvm.sys")
"Windows/System32/netkvm.sys"
=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system32/NoSuchFile")
"Windows/System32/NoSuchFile"
=item C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> ("/windows/system33/netkvm.sys")
I<ERROR>
=back
I<Note>:
Because of the above behaviour, C<guestfs_case_sensitive_path> cannot
be used to check for the existence of a file.
I<Note>:
This function does not handle drive names, backslashes etc.
See also C<guestfs_realpath>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vfs_type"; added = (1, 0, 75);
style = RString (RPlainString, "fstype"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
impl = OCaml "Blkid.vfs_type";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["vfs_type"; "/dev/sdb1"]], "ext2"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the Linux VFS type corresponding to a mounted device";
longdesc = {|This command gets the filesystem type corresponding to
the filesystem on C<mountable>.
For most filesystems, the result is the name of the Linux
VFS module which would be used to mount this filesystem
if you mounted it without specifying the filesystem type.
For example a string such as C<ext3> or C<ntfs>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "truncate"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/truncate"; "some stuff so size is not zero"];
["truncate"; "/truncate"];
["stat"; "/truncate"]], "ret->size == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "truncate a file to zero size";
longdesc = "\
This command truncates C<path> to a zero-length file. The
file must exist already." };
{ defaults with
name = "truncate_size"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); Int64 "size"], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["touch"; "/truncate_size"];
["truncate_size"; "/truncate_size"; "1000"];
["stat"; "/truncate_size"]], "ret->size == 1000"), []
];
shortdesc = "truncate a file to a particular size";
longdesc = {|This command truncates C<path> to size C<size> bytes. The file
must exist already.
If the current file size is less than C<size> then
the file is extended to the required size with zero bytes.
This creates a sparse file (ie. disk blocks are not allocated
for the file until you write to it). To create a non-sparse
file of zeroes, use C<guestfs_fallocate64> instead.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "utimens"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); Int64 "atsecs"; Int64 "atnsecs"; Int64 "mtsecs"; Int64 "mtnsecs"], [];
(* Test directories, named pipes etc (RHBZ#761451, RHBZ#761460) *)
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["touch"; "/utimens-file"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-file"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-file"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/utimens-dir"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-dir"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-dir"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkfifo"; "0o644"; "/utimens-fifo"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-fifo"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-fifo"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["ln_sf"; "/utimens-file"; "/utimens-link"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-link"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-link"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod_b"; "0o644"; "8"; "0"; "/utimens-block"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-block"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-block"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mknod_c"; "0o644"; "1"; "3"; "/utimens-char"];
["utimens"; "/utimens-char"; "12345"; "67890"; "9876"; "5432"];
["stat"; "/utimens-char"]], "ret->mtime == 9876"), []
];
shortdesc = "set timestamp of a file with nanosecond precision";
longdesc = {|This command sets the timestamps of a file with nanosecond
precision.
C<atsecs>, C<atnsecs> are the last access time (atime) in secs and
nanoseconds from the epoch.
C<mtsecs>, C<mtnsecs> are the last modification time (mtime) in
secs and nanoseconds from the epoch.
If the C<*nsecs> field contains the special value C<-1> then
the corresponding timestamp is set to the current time. (The
C<*secs> field is ignored in this case).
If the C<*nsecs> field contains the special value C<-2> then
the corresponding timestamp is left unchanged. (The
C<*secs> field is ignored in this case).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mkdir_mode"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); Int "mode"], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir_mode"; "/mkdir_mode"; "0o111"];
["stat"; "/mkdir_mode"]],
"S_ISDIR (ret->mode) && (ret->mode & 0777) == 0111"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a directory with a particular mode";
longdesc = {|This command creates a directory, setting the initial permissions
of the directory to C<mode>.
For common Linux filesystems, the actual mode which is set will
be C<mode & ~umask & 01777>. Non-native-Linux filesystems may
interpret the mode in other ways.
See also C<guestfs_mkdir>, C<guestfs_umask>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lchown"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RErr, [Int "owner"; Int "group"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
shortdesc = "change file owner and group";
longdesc = {|Change the file owner to C<owner> and group to C<group>.
This is like C<guestfs_chown> but if C<path> is a symlink then
the link itself is changed, not the target.
Only numeric uid and gid are supported. If you want to use
names, you will need to locate and parse the password file
yourself (Augeas support makes this relatively easy).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_lxattrlist"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RStructList ("xattrs", "xattr"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "lgetxattr on multiple files";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to get the extended attributes
of multiple files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.
C<names> is the list of files from this directory.
On return you get a flat list of xattr structs which must be
interpreted sequentially. The first xattr struct always has a zero-length
C<attrname>. C<attrval> in this struct is zero-length
to indicate there was an error doing C<lgetxattr> for this
file, I<or> is a C string which is a decimal number
(the number of following attributes for this file, which could
be C<"0">). Then after the first xattr struct are the
zero or more attributes for the first named file.
This repeats for the second and subsequent files.
This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently
list a directory contents without making many round-trips.
See also C<guestfs_lstatlist> for a similarly efficient call
for getting standard stats. Very long directory listings
might cause the protocol message size to be exceeded, causing
this call to fail. The caller must split up such requests
into smaller groups of names.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_readlinklist"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "links"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "readlink on multiple files";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to do a C<readlink> operation
on multiple files, where all files are in the directory C<path>.
C<names> is the list of files from this directory.
On return you get a list of strings, with a one-to-one
correspondence to the C<names> list. Each string is the
value of the symbolic link.
If the L<readlink(2)> operation fails on any name, then
the corresponding result string is the empty string C<"">.
However the whole operation is completed even if there
were L<readlink(2)> errors, and so you can call this
function with names where you don't know if they are
symbolic links already (albeit slightly less efficient).
This call is intended for programs that want to efficiently
list a directory contents without making many round-trips.
Very long directory listings might cause the protocol
message size to be exceeded, causing
this call to fail. The caller must split up such requests
into smaller groups of names.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pread"; added = (1, 0, 77);
style = RBufferOut "content", [String (Pathname, "path"); Int "count"; Int64 "offset"], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["pread"; "/known-4"; "1"; "3"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"\\n\", 1) == 0"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["pread"; "/empty"; "0"; "100"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, NULL, 0) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "read part of a file";
longdesc = {|This command lets you read part of a file. It reads C<count>
bytes of the file, starting at C<offset>, from file C<path>.
This may read fewer bytes than requested. For further details
see the L<pread(2)> system call.
See also C<guestfs_pwrite>, C<guestfs_pread_device>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_init"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (PlainString, "parttype")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "gpt"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create an empty partition table";
longdesc = {|This creates an empty partition table on C<device> of one of the
partition types listed below. Usually C<parttype> should be
either C<msdos> or C<gpt> (for large disks).
Initially there are no partitions. Following this, you should
call C<guestfs_part_add> for each partition required.
Possible values for C<parttype> are:
=over 4
=item C<efi>
=item C<gpt>
Intel EFI / GPT partition table.
This is recommended for >= 2 TB partitions that will be accessed
from Linux and Intel-based Mac OS X. It also has limited backwards
compatibility with the C<mbr> format.
=item C<mbr>
=item C<msdos>
The standard PC "Master Boot Record" (MBR) format used
by MS-DOS and Windows. This partition type will B<only> work
for device sizes up to 2 TB. For large disks we recommend
using C<gpt>.
=back
Other partition table types that may work but are not
supported include:
=over 4
=item C<aix>
AIX disk labels.
=item C<amiga>
=item C<rdb>
Amiga "Rigid Disk Block" format.
=item C<bsd>
BSD disk labels.
=item C<dasd>
DASD, used on IBM mainframes.
=item C<dvh>
MIPS/SGI volumes.
=item C<mac>
Old Mac partition format. Modern Macs use C<gpt>.
=item C<pc98>
NEC PC-98 format, common in Japan apparently.
=item C<sun>
Sun disk labels.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_add"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (PlainString, "prlogex"); Int64 "startsect"; Int64 "endsect"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "1"; "-1"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "gpt"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "34"; "127"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "128"; "-34"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "32"; "127"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "128"; "255"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "256"; "511"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "512"; "-1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "add a partition to the device";
longdesc = {|This command adds a partition to C<device>. If there is no partition
table on the device, call C<guestfs_part_init> first.
The C<prlogex> parameter is the type of partition. Normally you
should pass C<p> or C<primary> here, but MBR partition tables also
support C<l> (or C<logical>) and C<e> (or C<extended>) partition
types.
C<startsect> and C<endsect> are the start and end of the partition
in I<sectors>. C<endsect> may be negative, which means it counts
backwards from the end of the disk (C<-1> is the last sector).
Creating a partition which covers the whole disk is not so easy.
Use C<guestfs_part_disk> to do that.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_disk"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (PlainString, "parttype")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"]]), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "gpt"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "partition whole disk with a single primary partition";
longdesc = {|This command is simply a combination of C<guestfs_part_init>
followed by C<guestfs_part_add> to create a single primary partition
covering the whole disk.
C<parttype> is the partition table type, usually C<mbr> or C<gpt>,
but other possible values are described in C<guestfs_part_init>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_bootable"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; Bool "bootable"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_set_bootable"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "true"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "make a partition bootable";
longdesc = {|This sets the bootable flag on partition numbered C<partnum> on
device C<device>. Note that partitions are numbered from 1.
The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably
Windows) to determine which partition to boot from. It is by
no means universally recognized.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_name"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; String (PlainString, "name")], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "gpt"];
["part_set_name"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "thepartname"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "set partition name";
longdesc = {|This sets the partition name on partition numbered C<partnum> on
device C<device>. Note that partitions are numbered from 1.
The partition name can only be set on certain types of partition
table. This works on C<gpt> but not on C<mbr> partitions.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_list"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RStructList ("partitions", "partition"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Parted.part_list";
tests = [] (* XXX Add a regression test for this. *);
shortdesc = "list partitions on a device";
longdesc = {|This command parses the partition table on C<device> and
returns the list of partitions found.
The fields in the returned structure are:
=over 4
=item C<part_num>
Partition number, counting from 1.
=item C<part_start>
Start of the partition I<in bytes>. To get sectors you have to
divide by the device’s sector size, see C<guestfs_blockdev_getss>.
=item C<part_end>
End of the partition in bytes.
=item C<part_size>
Size of the partition in bytes.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_parttype"; added = (1, 0, 78);
style = RString (RPlainString, "parttype"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Parted.part_get_parttype";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "gpt"];
["part_get_parttype"; "/dev/sda"]], "gpt"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the partition table type";
longdesc = {|This command examines the partition table on C<device> and
returns the partition table type (format) being used.
Common return values include: C<msdos> (a DOS/Windows style MBR
partition table), C<gpt> (a GPT/EFI-style partition table). Other
values are possible, although unusual. See C<guestfs_part_init>
for a full list.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fill"; added = (1, 0, 79);
style = RErr, [Int "c"; Int "len"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["fill"; "0x63"; "10"; "/fill"];
["read_file"; "/fill"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"cccccccccc\", 10) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "fill a file with octets";
longdesc = {|This command creates a new file called C<path>. The initial
content of the file is C<len> octets of C<c>, where C<c>
must be a number in the range C<[0..255]>.
To fill a file with zero bytes (sparsely), it is
much more efficient to use C<guestfs_truncate_size>.
To create a file with a pattern of repeating bytes
use C<guestfs_fill_pattern>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "filesize"; added = (1, 0, 82);
style = RInt64 "size", [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["write"; "/filesize"; "hello, world"];
["filesize"; "/filesize"]], "ret == 12"), []
];
shortdesc = "return the size of the file in bytes";
longdesc = {|This command returns the size of F<file> in bytes.
To get other stats about a file, use C<guestfs_stat>, C<guestfs_lstat>,
C<guestfs_is_dir>, C<guestfs_is_file> etc.
To get the size of block devices, use C<guestfs_blockdev_getsize64>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvrename"; added = (1, 0, 83);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "logvol"); String (PlainString, "newlogvol")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResult (
[["lvrename"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "/dev/VG/LV2"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/VG/LV2\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "rename an LVM logical volume";
longdesc = "\
Rename a logical volume C<logvol> with the new name C<newlogvol>." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgrename"; added = (1, 0, 83);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "volgroup"); String (PlainString, "newvolgroup")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResult (
[["umount"; "/"; "false"; "false"];
["vg_activate"; "false"; "VG"];
["vgrename"; "VG"; "VG2"];
["vg_activate"; "true"; "VG2"];
["mount"; "/dev/VG2/LV"; "/"];
["vgs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"VG2\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "rename an LVM volume group";
longdesc = "\
Rename a volume group C<volgroup> with the new name C<newvolgroup>." };
{ defaults with
name = "initrd_cat"; added = (1, 0, 84);
style = RBufferOut "content", [String (Pathname, "initrdpath"); String (PlainString, "filename")], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["initrd_cat"; "/initrd"; "known-4"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"abc\\ndef\\nghi\", 11) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "list the contents of a single file in an initrd";
longdesc = {|This command unpacks the file F<filename> from the initrd file
called F<initrdpath>. The filename must be given I<without> the
initial F</> character.
For example, in guestfish you could use the following command
to examine the boot script (usually called F</init>)
contained in a Linux initrd or initramfs image:
initrd-cat /boot/initrd-<version>.img init
See also C<guestfs_initrd_list>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvuuid"; added = (1, 0, 87);
style = RString (RPlainString, "uuid"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "get the UUID of a physical volume";
longdesc = "\
This command returns the UUID of the LVM PV C<device>." };
{ defaults with
name = "vguuid"; added = (1, 0, 87);
style = RString (RPlainString, "uuid"), [String (PlainString, "vgname")], [];
shortdesc = "get the UUID of a volume group";
longdesc = "\
This command returns the UUID of the LVM VG named C<vgname>." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvuuid"; added = (1, 0, 87);
style = RString (RPlainString, "uuid"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "get the UUID of a logical volume";
longdesc = "\
This command returns the UUID of the LVM LV C<device>." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgpvuuids"; added = (1, 0, 87);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "uuids"), [String (PlainString, "vgname")], [];
shortdesc = "get the PV UUIDs containing the volume group";
longdesc = {|Given a VG called C<vgname>, this returns the UUIDs of all
the physical volumes that this volume group resides on.
You can use this along with C<guestfs_pvs> and C<guestfs_pvuuid>
calls to associate physical volumes and volume groups.
See also C<guestfs_vglvuuids>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vglvuuids"; added = (1, 0, 87);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "uuids"), [String (PlainString, "vgname")], [];
shortdesc = "get the LV UUIDs of all LVs in the volume group";
longdesc = {|Given a VG called C<vgname>, this returns the UUIDs of all
the logical volumes created in this volume group.
You can use this along with C<guestfs_lvs> and C<guestfs_lvuuid>
calls to associate logical volumes and volume groups.
See also C<guestfs_vgpvuuids>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "zero_device"; added = (1, 3, 1);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestRun (
[["zero_device"; "/dev/VG/LV"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "write zeroes to an entire device";
longdesc = {|This command writes zeroes over the entire C<device>. Compare
with C<guestfs_zero> which just zeroes the first few blocks of
a device.
If blocks are already zero, then this command avoids writing
zeroes. This prevents the underlying device from becoming non-sparse
or growing unnecessarily.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_del"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "1"; "-1"];
["part_del"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "delete a partition";
longdesc = {|This command deletes the partition numbered C<partnum> on C<device>.
Note that in the case of MBR partitioning, deleting an
extended partition also deletes any logical partitions
it contains.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_bootable"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RBool "bootable", [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "1"; "-1"];
["part_set_bootable"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "true"];
["part_get_bootable"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "return true if a partition is bootable";
longdesc = "\
This command returns true if the partition C<partnum> on
C<device> has the bootable flag set.
See also C<guestfs_part_set_bootable>." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_mbr_id"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RInt "idbyte", [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_get_mbr_id";
fish_output = Some FishOutputHexadecimal;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "1"; "-1"];
["part_set_mbr_id"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "0x7f"];
["part_get_mbr_id"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]], "ret == 0x7f"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the MBR type byte (ID byte) from a partition";
longdesc = {|Returns the MBR type byte (also known as the ID byte) from
the numbered partition C<partnum>.
Note that only MBR (old DOS-style) partitions have type bytes.
You will get undefined results for other partition table
types (see C<guestfs_part_get_parttype>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_mbr_id"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; Int "idbyte"], [];
shortdesc = "set the MBR type byte (ID byte) of a partition";
longdesc = {|Sets the MBR type byte (also known as the ID byte) of
the numbered partition C<partnum> to C<idbyte>. Note
that the type bytes quoted in most documentation are
in fact hexadecimal numbers, but usually documented
without any leading "0x" which might be confusing.
Note that only MBR (old DOS-style) partitions have type bytes.
You will get undefined results for other partition table
types (see C<guestfs_part_get_parttype>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "checksum_device"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RString (RPlainString, "checksum"), [String (PlainString, "csumtype"); String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["checksum_device"; "md5"; "/dev/sdd"]],
"check_file_md5 (ret, \"../test-data/test.iso\") == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "compute MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of the contents of a device";
longdesc = "\
This call computes the MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of the
contents of the device named C<device>. For the types of
checksums supported see the C<guestfs_checksum> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvresize_free"; added = (1, 3, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "lv"); Int "percent"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV"; "VG"; "10"];
["lvresize_free"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "100"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "expand an LV to fill free space";
longdesc = {|This expands an existing logical volume C<lv> so that it fills
C<pc> % of the remaining free space in the volume group. Commonly
you would call this with pc = 100 which expands the logical volume
as much as possible, using all remaining free space in the volume
group.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_umask"; added = (1, 3, 4);
style = RInt "mask", [], [];
fish_output = Some FishOutputOctal;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["get_umask"]], "ret == 022"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the current umask";
longdesc = "\
Return the current umask. By default the umask is C<022>
unless it has been set by calling C<guestfs_umask>." };
{ defaults with
name = "base64_in"; added = (1, 3, 5);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "base64file"); String (Pathname, "filename")], [];
cancellable = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["base64_in"; "../test-data/files/hello.b64"; "/base64_in"];
["cat"; "/base64_in"]], "hello\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "upload base64-encoded data to file";
longdesc = "\
This command uploads base64-encoded data from C<base64file>
to F<filename>." };
{ defaults with
name = "base64_out"; added = (1, 3, 5);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "filename"); String (FileOut, "base64file")], [];
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "download file and encode as base64";
longdesc = "\
This command downloads the contents of F<filename>, writing
it out to local file C<base64file> encoded as base64." };
{ defaults with
name = "checksums_out"; added = (1, 3, 7);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "csumtype"); String (Pathname, "directory"); String (FileOut, "sumsfile")], [];
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "compute MD5, SHAx or CRC checksum of files in a directory";
longdesc = {|This command computes the checksums of all regular files in
F<directory> and then emits a list of those checksums to
the local output file C<sumsfile>.
This can be used for verifying the integrity of a virtual
machine. However to be properly secure you should pay
attention to the output of the checksum command (it uses
the ones from GNU coreutils). In particular when the
filename is not printable, coreutils uses a special
backslash syntax. For more information, see the GNU
coreutils info file.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fill_pattern"; added = (1, 3, 12);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "pattern"); Int "len"; String (Pathname, "path")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["fill_pattern"; "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; "28"; "/fill_pattern"];
["read_file"; "/fill_pattern"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzab\", 28) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "fill a file with a repeating pattern of bytes";
longdesc = "\
This function is like C<guestfs_fill> except that it creates
a new file of length C<len> containing the repeating pattern
of bytes in C<pattern>. The pattern is truncated if necessary
to ensure the length of the file is exactly C<len> bytes." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_write"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); BufferIn "content"], [];
visibility = VInternal;
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/internal_write"]], "new file contents"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write2"; "\nnew file contents\n"];
["cat"; "/internal_write2"]], "\nnew file contents\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write3"; "\n\n"];
["cat"; "/internal_write3"]], "\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write4"; ""];
["cat"; "/internal_write4"]], ""), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write5"; "\n\n\n"];
["cat"; "/internal_write5"]], "\n\n\n"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["internal_write"; "/internal_write6"; "\n"];
["cat"; "/internal_write6"]], "\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "create a new file";
longdesc = "\
This call creates a file called C<path>. The content of the
file is the string C<content> (which can contain any 8 bit data).
See also C<guestfs_write_append>." };
{ defaults with
name = "pwrite"; added = (1, 3, 14);
style = RInt "nbytes", [String (Pathname, "path"); BufferIn "content"; Int64 "offset"], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/pwrite"; "new file contents"];
["pwrite"; "/pwrite"; "data"; "4"];
["cat"; "/pwrite"]], "new data contents"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/pwrite2"; "new file contents"];
["pwrite"; "/pwrite2"; "is extended"; "9"];
["cat"; "/pwrite2"]], "new file is extended"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/pwrite3"; "new file contents"];
["pwrite"; "/pwrite3"; ""; "4"];
["cat"; "/pwrite3"]], "new file contents"), []
];
shortdesc = "write to part of a file";
longdesc = {|This command writes to part of a file. It writes the data
buffer C<content> to the file C<path> starting at offset C<offset>.
This command implements the L<pwrite(2)> system call, and like
that system call it may not write the full data requested. The
return value is the number of bytes that were actually written
to the file. This could even be 0, although short writes are
unlikely for regular files in ordinary circumstances.
See also C<guestfs_pread>, C<guestfs_pwrite_device>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "resize2fs_size"; added = (1, 3, 14);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int64 "size"], [];
shortdesc = "resize an ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem (with size)";
longdesc = "\
This command is the same as C<guestfs_resize2fs> except that it
allows you to specify the new size (in bytes) explicitly.
See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>." };
{ defaults with
name = "pvresize_size"; added = (1, 3, 14);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int64 "size"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "resize an LVM physical volume (with size)";
longdesc = "\
This command is the same as C<guestfs_pvresize> except that it
allows you to specify the new size (in bytes) explicitly." };
{ defaults with
name = "available_all_groups"; added = (1, 3, 15);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "groups"), [], [];
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestRun [["available_all_groups"]], []
];
shortdesc = "return a list of all optional groups";
longdesc = {|This command returns a list of all optional groups that this
daemon knows about. Note this returns both supported and unsupported
groups. To find out which ones the daemon can actually support
you have to call C<guestfs_available> / C<guestfs_feature_available>
on each member of the returned list.
See also C<guestfs_available>, C<guestfs_feature_available>
and L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fallocate64"; added = (1, 3, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); Int64 "len"], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["fallocate64"; "/fallocate64"; "1000000"];
["stat"; "/fallocate64"]], "ret->size == 1000000"), []
];
shortdesc = "preallocate a file in the guest filesystem";
longdesc = {|This command preallocates a file (containing zero bytes) named
C<path> of size C<len> bytes. If the file exists already, it
is overwritten.
Note that this call allocates disk blocks for the file.
To create a sparse file use C<guestfs_truncate_size> instead.
The deprecated call C<guestfs_fallocate> does the same,
but owing to an oversight it only allowed 30 bit lengths
to be specified, effectively limiting the maximum size
of files created through that call to 1GB.
Do not confuse this with the guestfish-specific
C<alloc> and C<sparse> commands which create
a file in the host and attach it as a device.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vfs_label"; added = (1, 3, 18);
style = RString (RPlainString, "label"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["set_label"; "/dev/sda1"; "LTEST"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "LTEST"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "test-label"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "test-label"), [];
InitEmpty, IfAvailable "btrfs", TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; ""];
["set_label"; "/dev/sda1"; "test-label-btrfs"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "test-label-btrfs"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get the filesystem label";
longdesc = {|This returns the label of the filesystem on C<mountable>.
If the filesystem is unlabeled, this returns the empty string.
To find a filesystem from the label, use C<guestfs_findfs_label>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vfs_uuid"; added = (1, 3, 18);
style = RString (RPlainString, "uuid"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
fish_alias = ["get-uuid"];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["set_e2uuid"; "/dev/sda1"; stable_uuid];
["vfs_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"]], stable_uuid), []
];
shortdesc = "get the filesystem UUID";
longdesc = {|This returns the filesystem UUID of the filesystem on C<mountable>.
If the filesystem does not have a UUID, this returns the empty string.
To find a filesystem from the UUID, use C<guestfs_findfs_uuid>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvm_set_filter"; added = (1, 5, 1);
style = RErr, [StringList (Device, "devices")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
test_excuse = "cannot be tested with the current framework because the VG is being used by the mounted filesystem, so the 'vgchange -an' command we do first will fail";
shortdesc = "set LVM device filter";
longdesc = {|This sets the LVM device filter so that LVM will only be
able to "see" the block devices in the list C<devices>,
and will ignore all other attached block devices.
Where disk image(s) contain duplicate PVs or VGs, this
command is useful to get LVM to ignore the duplicates, otherwise
LVM can get confused. Note also there are two types
of duplication possible: either cloned PVs/VGs which have
identical UUIDs; or VGs that are not cloned but just happen
to have the same name. In normal operation you cannot
create this situation, but you can do it outside LVM, eg.
by cloning disk images or by bit twiddling inside the LVM
metadata.
This command also clears the LVM cache and performs a volume
group scan.
You can filter whole block devices or individual partitions.
You cannot use this if any VG is currently in use (eg.
contains a mounted filesystem), even if you are not
filtering out that VG.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvm_clear_filter"; added = (1, 5, 1);
style = RErr, [], [];
test_excuse = "cannot be tested with the current framework because the VG is being used by the mounted filesystem, so the 'vgchange -an' command we do first will fail";
shortdesc = "clear LVM device filter";
longdesc = {|This undoes the effect of C<guestfs_lvm_set_filter>. LVM
will be able to see every block device.
This command also clears the LVM cache and performs a volume
group scan.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "luks_format"; added = (1, 5, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (Key, "key"); Int "keyslot"], [];
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "format a block device as a LUKS encrypted device";
longdesc = "\
This command erases existing data on C<device> and formats
the device as a LUKS encrypted device. C<key> is the
initial key, which is added to key slot C<keyslot>. (LUKS
supports 8 key slots, numbered 0-7)." };
{ defaults with
name = "luks_format_cipher"; added = (1, 5, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (Key, "key"); Int "keyslot"; String (PlainString, "cipher")], [];
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "format a block device as a LUKS encrypted device";
longdesc = "\
This command is the same as C<guestfs_luks_format> but
it also allows you to set the C<cipher> used." };
{ defaults with
name = "luks_add_key"; added = (1, 5, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (Key, "key"); String (Key, "newkey"); Int "keyslot"], [];
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "add a key on a LUKS encrypted device";
longdesc = {|This command adds a new key on LUKS device C<device>.
C<key> is any existing key, and is used to access the device.
C<newkey> is the new key to add. C<keyslot> is the key slot
that will be replaced.
Note that if C<keyslot> already contains a key, then this
command will fail. You have to use C<guestfs_luks_kill_slot>
first to remove that key.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "luks_kill_slot"; added = (1, 5, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (Key, "key"); Int "keyslot"], [];
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "remove a key from a LUKS encrypted device";
longdesc = "\
This command deletes the key in key slot C<keyslot> from the
encrypted LUKS device C<device>. C<key> must be one of the
I<other> keys." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_lv"; added = (1, 5, 3);
style = RBool "lvflag", [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_lv"; "/dev/VG/LV"]]), [];
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_lv"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if mountable is a logical volume";
longdesc = "\
This command tests whether C<mountable> is a logical volume, and
returns true iff this is the case." };
{ defaults with
name = "findfs_uuid"; added = (1, 5, 3);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (PlainString, "uuid")], [];
impl = OCaml "Findfs.findfs_uuid";
shortdesc = "find a filesystem by UUID";
longdesc = {|This command searches the filesystems and returns the one
which has the given UUID. An error is returned if no such
filesystem can be found.
To find the UUID of a filesystem, use C<guestfs_vfs_uuid>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "findfs_label"; added = (1, 5, 3);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (PlainString, "label")], [];
impl = OCaml "Findfs.findfs_label";
shortdesc = "find a filesystem by label";
longdesc = {|This command searches the filesystems and returns the one
which has the given label. An error is returned if no such
filesystem can be found.
To find the label of a filesystem, use C<guestfs_vfs_label>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "findfs_partuuid"; added = (1, 53, 5);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (PlainString, "uuid")], [];
impl = OCaml "Findfs.findfs_partuuid";
shortdesc = "find a partition by UUID";
longdesc = {|This command searches the partitions and returns the one
which has the given partition UUID. An error is returned if no such
partition can be found.
To find the UUID of a partition, use C<guestfs_blkid> (C<PART_ENTRY_UUID>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "findfs_partlabel"; added = (1, 53, 5);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (PlainString, "label")], [];
impl = OCaml "Findfs.findfs_partlabel";
shortdesc = "find a partition by label";
longdesc = {|This command searches the partitions and returns the one
which has the given label. An error is returned if no such
partition can be found.
To find the label of a partition, use C<guestfs_blkid> (C<PART_ENTRY_NAME>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_chardev"; added = (1, 5, 10);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_chardev"; "/directory"; ""]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mknod_c"; "0o777"; "99"; "66"; "/is_chardev"];
["is_chardev"; "/is_chardev"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if character device";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a character device
with the given C<path> name.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a chardev also causes the
function to return true.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_blockdev"; added = (1, 5, 10);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_blockdev"; "/directory"; ""]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mknod_b"; "0o777"; "99"; "66"; "/is_blockdev"];
["is_blockdev"; "/is_blockdev"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if block device";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a block device
with the given C<path> name.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a block device also causes the
function to return true.
This call only looks at files within the guest filesystem. Libguestfs
partitions and block devices (eg. F</dev/sda>) cannot be used as the
C<path> parameter of this call.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_fifo"; added = (1, 5, 10);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_fifo"; "/directory"; ""]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["mkfifo"; "0o777"; "/is_fifo"];
["is_fifo"; "/is_fifo"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if FIFO (named pipe)";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a FIFO (named pipe)
with the given C<path> name.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a FIFO also causes the
function to return true.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_symlink"; added = (1, 5, 10);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
impl = OCaml "Is.is_symlink";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_symlink"; "/directory"]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_symlink"; "/abssymlink"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if symbolic link";
longdesc = "\
This returns C<true> if and only if there is a symbolic link
with the given C<path> name.
See also C<guestfs_stat>." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_socket"; added = (1, 5, 10);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "followsymlinks"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
(* XXX Need a positive test for sockets. *)
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_socket"; "/directory"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if socket";
longdesc = {|This returns C<true> if and only if there is a Unix domain socket
with the given C<path> name.
If the optional flag C<followsymlinks> is true, then a symlink
(or chain of symlinks) that ends with a socket also causes the
function to return true.
See also C<guestfs_stat>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_to_dev"; added = (1, 5, 15);
style = RString (RDevice, "device"), [String (Device, "partition")], [];
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.part_to_dev";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestResultDevice (
[["part_to_dev"; "/dev/sda1"]], "/dev/sda"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_to_dev"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "convert partition name to device name";
longdesc = {|This function takes a partition name (eg. "/dev/sdb1") and
removes the partition number, returning the device name
(eg. "/dev/sdb").
The named partition must exist, for example as a string returned
from C<guestfs_list_partitions>.
See also C<guestfs_part_to_partnum>, C<guestfs_device_index>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "upload_offset"; added = (1, 5, 17);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "filename"); String (Dev_or_Path, "remotefilename"); Int64 "offset"], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
tests =
(let md5 = Digest.to_hex (Digest.file "COPYING.LIB") in [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["upload_offset"; "$srcdir/../COPYING.LIB"; "/upload_offset"; "0"];
["checksum"; "md5"; "/upload_offset"]], md5), []
]);
shortdesc = "upload a file from the local machine with offset";
longdesc = {|Upload local file F<filename> to F<remotefilename> on the
filesystem.
F<remotefilename> is overwritten starting at the byte C<offset>
specified. The intention is to overwrite parts of existing
files or devices, although if a non-existent file is specified
then it is created with a "hole" before C<offset>. The
size of the data written is implicit in the size of the
source F<filename>.
Note that there is no limit on the amount of data that
can be uploaded with this call, unlike with C<guestfs_pwrite>,
and this call always writes the full amount unless an
error occurs.
See also C<guestfs_upload>, C<guestfs_pwrite>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "download_offset"; added = (1, 5, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Dev_or_Path, "remotefilename"); String (FileOut, "filename"); Int64 "offset"; Int64 "size"], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
tests =
(let md5 = Digest.to_hex (Digest.file "COPYING.LIB") in
let offset = string_of_int 100 in
let size = string_of_int ((Unix.stat "COPYING.LIB").Unix.st_size - 100) in
[
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
(* Pick a file from cwd which isn't likely to change. *)
[["mkdir"; "/download_offset"];
["upload"; "$srcdir/../COPYING.LIB"; "/download_offset/COPYING.LIB"];
["download_offset"; "/download_offset/COPYING.LIB"; "testdownload.tmp"; offset; size];
["upload_offset"; "testdownload.tmp"; "/download_offset/COPYING.LIB"; offset];
["checksum"; "md5"; "/download_offset/COPYING.LIB"]], md5), []
]);
shortdesc = "download a file to the local machine with offset and size";
longdesc = {|Download file F<remotefilename> and save it as F<filename>
on the local machine.
F<remotefilename> is read for C<size> bytes starting at C<offset>
(this region must be within the file or device).
Note that there is no limit on the amount of data that
can be downloaded with this call, unlike with C<guestfs_pread>,
and this call always reads the full amount unless an
error occurs.
See also C<guestfs_download>, C<guestfs_pread>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pwrite_device"; added = (1, 5, 20);
style = RInt "nbytes", [String (Device, "device"); BufferIn "content"; Int64 "offset"], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestResult (
[["pwrite_device"; "/dev/sda"; "\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000"; "446"];
["blockdev_rereadpt"; "/dev/sda"];
["list_partitions"]],
"is_device_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/sdb1\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "write to part of a device";
longdesc = {|This command writes to part of a device. It writes the data
buffer C<content> to C<device> starting at offset C<offset>.
This command implements the L<pwrite(2)> system call, and like
that system call it may not write the full data requested
(although short writes to disk devices and partitions are
probably impossible with standard Linux kernels).
See also C<guestfs_pwrite>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pread_device"; added = (1, 5, 21);
style = RBufferOut "content", [String (Device, "device"); Int "count"; Int64 "offset"], [];
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["pread_device"; "/dev/sdd"; "8"; "32768"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"\\1CD001\\1\\0\", 8) == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "read part of a device";
longdesc = {|This command lets you read part of a block device. It reads C<count>
bytes of C<device>, starting at C<offset>.
This may read fewer bytes than requested. For further details
see the L<pread(2)> system call.
See also C<guestfs_pread>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvm_canonical_lv_name"; added = (1, 5, 24);
style = RString (RDevice, "lv"), [String (PlainString, "lvname")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, IfAvailable "lvm2", TestResultString (
[["lvm_canonical_lv_name"; "/dev/mapper/VG-LV"]], "/dev/VG/LV"), [];
InitBasicFSonLVM, IfAvailable "lvm2", TestResultString (
[["lvm_canonical_lv_name"; "/dev/VG/LV"]], "/dev/VG/LV"), []
];
shortdesc = "get canonical name of an LV";
longdesc = {|This converts alternative naming schemes for LVs that you
might find to the canonical name. For example, F</dev/mapper/VG-LV>
is converted to F</dev/VG/LV>.
This command returns an error if the C<lvname> parameter does
not refer to a logical volume. In this case errno will be
set to C<EINVAL>.
See also C<guestfs_is_lv>, C<guestfs_canonical_device_name>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mkfs"; added = (0, 0, 8);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "fstype"); String (Device, "device")], [OInt "blocksize"; OString "features"; OInt "inode"; OInt "sectorsize"; OString "label"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "ext2"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "new file contents"), []
];
shortdesc = "make a filesystem";
longdesc = {|This function creates a filesystem on C<device>. The filesystem
type is C<fstype>, for example C<ext3>.
The optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<blocksize>
The filesystem block size. Supported block sizes depend on the
filesystem type, but typically they are C<1024>, C<2048> or C<4096>
for Linux ext2/3 filesystems.
For VFAT and NTFS the C<blocksize> parameter is treated as
the requested cluster size.
For UFS block sizes, please see L<mkfs.ufs(8)>.
=item C<features>
This passes the I<-O> parameter to the external mkfs program.
For certain filesystem types, this allows extra filesystem
features to be selected. See L<mke2fs(8)> and L<mkfs.ufs(8)>
for more details.
You cannot use this optional parameter with the C<gfs> or
C<gfs2> filesystem type.
=item C<inode>
This passes the I<-I> parameter to the external L<mke2fs(8)> program
which sets the inode size (only for ext2/3/4 filesystems at present).
=item C<sectorsize>
This passes the I<-S> parameter to external L<mkfs.ufs(8)> program,
which sets sector size for ufs filesystem.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "getxattr"; added = (1, 7, 24);
style = RBufferOut "xattr", [String (Pathname, "path"); String (PlainString, "name")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "get a single extended attribute";
longdesc = {|Get a single extended attribute from file C<path> named C<name>.
This call follows symlinks. If you want to lookup an extended
attribute for the symlink itself, use C<guestfs_lgetxattr>.
Normally it is better to get all extended attributes from a file
in one go by calling C<guestfs_getxattrs>. However some Linux
filesystem implementations are buggy and do not provide a way to
list out attributes. For these filesystems (notably ntfs-3g)
you have to know the names of the extended attributes you want
in advance and call this function.
Extended attribute values are blobs of binary data. If there
is no extended attribute named C<name>, this returns an error.
See also: C<guestfs_getxattrs>, C<guestfs_lgetxattr>, L<attr(5)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lgetxattr"; added = (1, 7, 24);
style = RBufferOut "xattr", [String (Pathname, "path"); String (PlainString, "name")], [];
optional = Some "linuxxattrs";
shortdesc = "get a single extended attribute";
longdesc = {|Get a single extended attribute from file C<path> named C<name>.
If C<path> is a symlink, then this call returns an extended
attribute from the symlink.
Normally it is better to get all extended attributes from a file
in one go by calling C<guestfs_getxattrs>. However some Linux
filesystem implementations are buggy and do not provide a way to
list out attributes. For these filesystems (notably ntfs-3g)
you have to know the names of the extended attributes you want
in advance and call this function.
Extended attribute values are blobs of binary data. If there
is no extended attribute named C<name>, this returns an error.
See also: C<guestfs_lgetxattrs>, C<guestfs_getxattr>, L<attr(5)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "resize2fs_M"; added = (1, 9, 4);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
shortdesc = "resize an ext2, ext3 or ext4 filesystem to the minimum size";
longdesc = {|This command is the same as C<guestfs_resize2fs>, but the filesystem
is resized to its minimum size. This works like the I<-M> option
to the L<resize2fs(8)> command.
To get the resulting size of the filesystem you should call
C<guestfs_tune2fs_l> and read the C<Block size> and C<Block count>
values. These two numbers, multiplied together, give the
resulting size of the minimal filesystem in bytes.
See also L<guestfs(3)/RESIZE2FS ERRORS>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_autosync"; added = (1, 9, 7);
style = RErr, [], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "internal autosync operation";
longdesc = {|This command performs the autosync operation just before the
handle is closed. You should not call this command directly.
Instead, use the autosync flag (C<guestfs_set_autosync>) to
control whether or not this operation is performed when the
handle is closed.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "is_zero"; added = (1, 11, 8);
style = RBool "zeroflag", [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_zero"; "/100kallzeroes"]]), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_zero"; "/100kallspaces"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if a file contains all zero bytes";
longdesc = "\
This returns true iff the file exists and the file is empty or
it contains all zero bytes." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_zero_device"; added = (1, 11, 8);
style = RBool "zeroflag", [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["umount"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"; "false"];
["zero_device"; "/dev/sda1"];
["is_zero_device"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_zero_device"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "test if a device contains all zero bytes";
longdesc = "\
This returns true iff the device exists and contains all zero bytes.
Note that for large devices this can take a long time to run." };
{ defaults with
name = "list_dm_devices"; added = (1, 11, 15);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Lvm_dm.list_dm_devices";
shortdesc = "list device mapper devices";
longdesc = {|List all device mapper devices.
The returned list contains F</dev/mapper/*> devices, eg. ones created
by a previous call to C<guestfs_luks_open>.
Device mapper devices which correspond to logical volumes are I<not>
returned in this list. Call C<guestfs_lvs> if you want to list logical
volumes.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfsresize"; added = (1, 3, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OInt64 "size"; OBool "force"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
optional = Some "ntfsprogs"; camel_name = "NTFSResizeOpts";
shortdesc = "resize an NTFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|This command resizes an NTFS filesystem, expanding or
shrinking it to the size of the underlying device.
The optional parameters are:
=over 4
=item C<size>
The new size (in bytes) of the filesystem. If omitted, the filesystem
is resized to fit the container (eg. partition).
=item C<force>
If this option is true, then force the resize of the filesystem
even if the filesystem is marked as requiring a consistency check.
After the resize operation, the filesystem is always marked
as requiring a consistency check (for safety). You have to boot
into Windows to perform this check and clear this condition.
If you I<don't> set the C<force> option then it is not
possible to call C<guestfs_ntfsresize> multiple times on a
single filesystem without booting into Windows between each resize.
=back
See also L<ntfsresize(8)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_filesystem_resize"; added = (1, 11, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "mountpoint")], [OInt64 "size"];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSFilesystemResize";
shortdesc = "resize a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = {|This command resizes a btrfs filesystem.
Note that unlike other resize calls, the filesystem has to be
mounted and the parameter is the mountpoint not the device
(this is a requirement of btrfs itself).
The optional parameters are:
=over 4
=item C<size>
The new size (in bytes) of the filesystem. If omitted, the filesystem
is resized to the maximum size.
=back
See also L<btrfs(8)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_write_append"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); BufferIn "content"], [];
visibility = VInternal;
protocol_limit_warning = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["write"; "/internal_write_append"; "line1\n"];
["internal_write_append"; "/internal_write_append"; "line2\n"];
["internal_write_append"; "/internal_write_append"; "line3a"];
["internal_write_append"; "/internal_write_append"; "line3b\n"];
["cat"; "/internal_write_append"]], "line1\nline2\nline3aline3b\n"), []
];
shortdesc = "append content to end of file";
longdesc = "\
This call appends C<content> to the end of file C<path>. If
C<path> does not exist, then a new file is created.
See also C<guestfs_write>." };
{ defaults with
name = "compress_out"; added = (1, 13, 15);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "ctype"); String (Pathname, "file"); String (FileOut, "zfile")], [OInt "level"];
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "output compressed file";
longdesc = {|This command compresses F<file> and writes it out to the local
file F<zfile>.
The compression program used is controlled by the C<ctype> parameter.
Currently this includes: C<compress>, C<gzip>, C<bzip2>, C<xz> or C<lzop>.
Some compression types may not be supported by particular builds of
libguestfs, in which case you will get an error containing the
substring "not supported".
The optional C<level> parameter controls compression level. The
meaning and default for this parameter depends on the compression
program being used.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "compress_device_out"; added = (1, 13, 15);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "ctype"); String (Device, "device"); String (FileOut, "zdevice")], [OInt "level"];
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "output compressed device";
longdesc = {|This command compresses C<device> and writes it out to the local
file C<zdevice>.
The C<ctype> and optional C<level> parameters have the same meaning
as in C<guestfs_compress_out>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_to_partnum"; added = (1, 13, 25);
style = RInt "partnum", [String (Device, "partition")], [];
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.part_to_partnum";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestResult (
[["part_to_partnum"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret == 1"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_to_partnum"; "/dev/sda"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "convert partition name to partition number";
longdesc = {|This function takes a partition name (eg. "/dev/sdb1") and
returns the partition number (eg. C<1>).
The named partition must exist, for example as a string returned
from C<guestfs_list_partitions>.
See also C<guestfs_part_to_dev>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_device_to_device"; added = (1, 13, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "src"); String (Device, "dest")], [OInt64 "srcoffset"; OInt64 "destoffset"; OInt64 "size"; OBool "sparse"; OBool "append"];
progress = true;
shortdesc = "copy from source device to destination device";
longdesc = {|The four calls C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device>,
C<guestfs_copy_device_to_file>,
C<guestfs_copy_file_to_device>, and
C<guestfs_copy_file_to_file>
let you copy from a source (device|file) to a destination
(device|file).
Partial copies can be made since you can specify optionally
the source offset, destination offset and size to copy. These
values are all specified in bytes. If not given, the offsets
both default to zero, and the size defaults to copying as much
as possible until we hit the end of the source.
The source and destination may be the same object. However
overlapping regions may not be copied correctly.
If the destination is a file, it is created if required. If
the destination file is not large enough, it is extended.
If the destination is a file and the C<append> flag is not set,
then the destination file is truncated. If the C<append> flag is
set, then the copy appends to the destination file. The C<append>
flag currently cannot be set for devices.
If the C<sparse> flag is true then the call avoids writing
blocks that contain only zeroes, which can help in some situations
where the backing disk is thin-provisioned. Note that unless
the target is already zeroed, using this option will result
in incorrect copying.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_device_to_file"; added = (1, 13, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OInt64 "srcoffset"; OInt64 "destoffset"; OInt64 "size"; OBool "sparse"; OBool "append"];
progress = true;
shortdesc = "copy from source device to destination file";
longdesc = "\
See C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> for a general overview
of this call." };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_file_to_device"; added = (1, 13, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Device, "dest")], [OInt64 "srcoffset"; OInt64 "destoffset"; OInt64 "size"; OBool "sparse"; OBool "append"];
progress = true;
shortdesc = "copy from source file to destination device";
longdesc = "\
See C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> for a general overview
of this call." };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_file_to_file"; added = (1, 13, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OInt64 "srcoffset"; OInt64 "destoffset"; OInt64 "size"; OBool "sparse"; OBool "append"];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/copyff"];
["write"; "/copyff/src"; "hello, world"];
["copy_file_to_file"; "/copyff/src"; "/copyff/dest"; ""; ""; ""; ""; "false"];
["read_file"; "/copyff/dest"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"hello, world\", 12) == 0"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultTrue (
let size = 1024 * 1024 in
[["mkdir"; "/copyff2"];
["fill"; "0"; string_of_int size; "/copyff2/src"];
["touch"; "/copyff2/dest"];
["truncate_size"; "/copyff2/dest"; string_of_int size];
["copy_file_to_file"; "/copyff2/src"; "/copyff2/dest"; ""; ""; ""; "true"; "false"];
["is_zero"; "/copyff2/dest"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["mkdir"; "/copyff3"];
["write"; "/copyff3/src"; "hello, world"];
["copy_file_to_file"; "/copyff3/src"; "/copyff3/dest"; ""; ""; ""; ""; "true"];
["copy_file_to_file"; "/copyff3/src"; "/copyff3/dest"; ""; ""; ""; ""; "true"];
["copy_file_to_file"; "/copyff3/src"; "/copyff3/dest"; ""; ""; ""; ""; "true"];
["read_file"; "/copyff3/dest"]],
"compare_buffers (ret, size, \"hello, worldhello, worldhello, world\", 12*3) == 0"), [];
];
shortdesc = "copy from source file to destination file";
longdesc = {|See C<guestfs_copy_device_to_device> for a general overview
of this call.
This is B<not> the function you want for copying files. This
is for copying blocks within existing files. See C<guestfs_cp>,
C<guestfs_cp_a> and C<guestfs_mv> for general file copying and
moving functions.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "tune2fs"; added = (1, 15, 4);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OBool "force"; OInt "maxmountcount"; OInt "mountcount"; OString "errorbehavior"; OInt64 "group"; OInt "intervalbetweenchecks"; OInt "reservedblockspercentage"; OString "lastmounteddirectory"; OInt64 "reservedblockscount"; OInt64 "user"];
camel_name = "Tune2FS";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tune2fs"; "/dev/sdb1"; "false"; "0"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "0"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["tune2fs_l"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"check_hash (ret, \"Check interval\", \"0 (<none>)\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"Maximum mount count\", \"-1\") == 0"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tune2fs"; "/dev/sdb1"; "false"; "0"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "86400"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["tune2fs_l"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"check_hash (ret, \"Check interval\", \"86400 (1 day)\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"Maximum mount count\", \"-1\") == 0"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tune2fs"; "/dev/sdb1"; "false"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; "1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "1"];
["tune2fs_l"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"match_re (get_key (ret, \"Reserved blocks uid\"), \"\\\\d+ \\\\(user \\\\S+\\\\)\") && "^
"match_re (get_key (ret, \"Reserved blocks gid\"), \"\\\\d+ \\\\(group \\\\S+\\\\)\")"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["tune2fs"; "/dev/sdb1"; "false"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; "0"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "0"];
["tune2fs_l"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"match_re (get_key (ret, \"Reserved blocks uid\"), \"\\\\d+ \\\\(user \\\\S+\\\\)\") && "^
"match_re (get_key (ret, \"Reserved blocks gid\"), \"\\\\d+ \\\\(group \\\\S+\\\\)\")"), [];
];
shortdesc = "adjust ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem parameters";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to adjust various filesystem parameters of
an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem called C<device>.
The optional parameters are:
=over 4
=item C<force>
Force tune2fs to complete the operation even in the face of errors.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-f> option.
=item C<maxmountcount>
Set the number of mounts after which the filesystem is checked
by L<e2fsck(8)>. If this is C<0> then the number of mounts is
disregarded. This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-c> option.
=item C<mountcount>
Set the number of times the filesystem has been mounted.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-C> option.
=item C<errorbehavior>
Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected.
Possible values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.
In practice these options don't really make any difference,
particularly for write errors.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-e> option.
=item C<group>
Set the group which can use reserved filesystem blocks.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-g> option except that it
can only be specified as a number.
=item C<intervalbetweenchecks>
Adjust the maximal time between two filesystem checks
(in seconds). If the option is passed as C<0> then
time-dependent checking is disabled.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-i> option.
=item C<reservedblockspercentage>
Set the percentage of the filesystem which may only be allocated
by privileged processes.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-m> option.
=item C<lastmounteddirectory>
Set the last mounted directory.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-M> option.
=item C<reservedblockscount>
Set the number of reserved filesystem blocks.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-r> option.
=item C<user>
Set the user who can use the reserved filesystem blocks.
This is the same as the L<tune2fs(8)> C<-u> option except that it
can only be specified as a number.
=back
To get the current values of filesystem parameters, see
C<guestfs_tune2fs_l>. For precise details of how tune2fs
works, see the L<tune2fs(8)> man page.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "md_create"; added = (1, 15, 6);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "name"); StringList (Device, "devices")], [OInt64 "missingbitmap"; OInt "nrdevices"; OInt "spare"; OInt64 "chunk"; OString "level"];
optional = Some "mdadm"; camel_name = "MDCreate";
shortdesc = "create a Linux md (RAID) device";
longdesc = {|Create a Linux md (RAID) device named C<name> on the devices
in the list C<devices>.
The optional parameters are:
=over 4
=item C<missingbitmap>
A bitmap of missing devices. If a bit is set it means that a
missing device is added to the array. The least significant bit
corresponds to the first device in the array.
As examples:
If C<devices = ["/dev/sda"]> and C<missingbitmap = 0x1> then
the resulting array would be C<[E<lt>missingE<gt>, "/dev/sda"]>.
If C<devices = ["/dev/sda"]> and C<missingbitmap = 0x2> then
the resulting array would be C<["/dev/sda", E<lt>missingE<gt>]>.
This defaults to C<0> (no missing devices).
The length of C<devices> + the number of bits set in
C<missingbitmap> must equal C<nrdevices> + C<spare>.
=item C<nrdevices>
The number of active RAID devices.
If not set, this defaults to the length of C<devices> plus
the number of bits set in C<missingbitmap>.
=item C<spare>
The number of spare devices.
If not set, this defaults to C<0>.
=item C<chunk>
The chunk size in bytes.
The C<chunk> parameter does not make sense, and should not be specified,
when C<level> is C<raid1> (which is the default; see below).
=item C<level>
The RAID level, which can be one of:
C<linear>, C<raid0>, C<0>, C<stripe>, C<raid1>, C<1>, C<mirror>,
C<raid4>, C<4>, C<raid5>, C<5>, C<raid6>, C<6>, C<raid10>, C<10>.
Some of these are synonymous, and more levels may be added in future.
If not set, this defaults to C<raid1>.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "list_md_devices"; added = (1, 15, 4);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Md.list_md_devices";
shortdesc = "list Linux md (RAID) devices";
longdesc = "\
List all Linux md devices." };
{ defaults with
name = "md_detail"; added = (1, 15, 6);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RPlainString, "info"), [String (Device, "md")], [];
impl = OCaml "Md.md_detail";
optional = Some "mdadm";
shortdesc = "obtain metadata for an MD device";
longdesc = {|This command exposes the output of C<mdadm -DY E<lt>mdE<gt>>.
The following fields are usually present in the returned hash.
Other fields may also be present.
=over
=item C<level>
The raid level of the MD device.
=item C<devices>
The number of underlying devices in the MD device.
=item C<metadata>
The metadata version used.
=item C<uuid>
The UUID of the MD device.
=item C<name>
The name of the MD device.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "md_stop"; added = (1, 15, 6);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "md")], [];
optional = Some "mdadm";
shortdesc = "stop a Linux md (RAID) device";
longdesc = "\
This command deactivates the MD array named C<md>. The
device is stopped, but it is not destroyed or zeroed." };
{ defaults with
name = "blkid"; added = (1, 15, 9);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RPlainString, "info"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["blkid"; "/dev/sdb1"]],
"check_hash (ret, \"TYPE\", \"ext2\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"USAGE\", \"filesystem\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"PART_ENTRY_NUMBER\", \"1\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"PART_ENTRY_TYPE\", \"0x83\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"PART_ENTRY_OFFSET\", \"128\") == 0 && "^
"check_hash (ret, \"PART_ENTRY_SIZE\", \"4194049\") == 0"), [];
];
shortdesc = "print block device attributes";
longdesc = {|This command returns block device attributes for C<device>. The following fields are
usually present in the returned hash. Other fields may also be present.
=over
=item C<UUID>
The uuid of this device.
=item C<LABEL>
The label of this device.
=item C<VERSION>
The version of blkid command.
=item C<TYPE>
The filesystem type or RAID of this device.
=item C<USAGE>
The usage of this device, for example C<filesystem> or C<raid>.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "e2fsck"; added = (1, 15, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OBool "correct"; OBool "forceall"; OBool "forceno"];
shortdesc = "check an ext2/ext3 filesystem";
longdesc = {|This runs the ext2/ext3 filesystem checker on C<device>.
It can take the following optional arguments:
=over 4
=item C<correct>
Automatically repair the file system. This option will cause e2fsck
to automatically fix any filesystem problems that can be safely
fixed without human intervention.
This option may not be specified at the same time as the C<forceall>
or C<forceno> options.
=item C<forceall>
Assume an answer of ‘yes’ to all questions; allows e2fsck to be used
non-interactively.
This option may not be specified at the same time as the C<correct>
or C<forceno> options.
=item C<forceno>
Open the filesystem readonly and assume an answer of ‘no’ to all
questions; allows e2fsck to be used non-interactively.
This option may not be specified at the same time as the C<correct>
or C<forceall> options.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "wipefs"; added = (1, 17, 6);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "wipefs";
tests = [
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestRun (
[["umount"; "/dev/VG/LV"; ""; ""];
["wipefs"; "/dev/VG/LV"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "wipe a filesystem signature from a device";
longdesc = {|This command erases filesystem or RAID signatures from
the specified C<device> to make the filesystem invisible to libblkid.
This does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the
C<device>.
Compare with C<guestfs_zero> which zeroes the first few blocks of a
device.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfsfix"; added = (1, 17, 9);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OBool "clearbadsectors"];
optional = Some "ntfs3g";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs"; "ntfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["ntfsfix"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "fix common errors and force Windows to check NTFS";
longdesc = {|This command repairs some fundamental NTFS inconsistencies,
resets the NTFS journal file, and schedules an NTFS consistency
check for the first boot into Windows.
This is I<not> an equivalent of Windows C<chkdsk>. It does I<not>
scan the filesystem for inconsistencies.
The optional C<clearbadsectors> flag clears the list of bad sectors.
This is useful after cloning a disk with bad sectors to a new disk.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfsclone_out"; added = (1, 17, 9);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (FileOut, "backupfile")], [OBool "metadataonly"; OBool "rescue"; OBool "ignorefscheck"; OBool "preservetimestamps"; OBool "force"];
optional = Some "ntfs3g"; cancellable = true;
test_excuse = "tested in tests/ntfsclone";
shortdesc = "save NTFS to backup file";
longdesc = {|Stream the NTFS filesystem C<device> to the local file
C<backupfile>. The format used for the backup file is a
special format used by the L<ntfsclone(8)> tool.
If the optional C<metadataonly> flag is true, then I<only> the
metadata is saved, losing all the user data (this is useful
for diagnosing some filesystem problems).
The optional C<rescue>, C<ignorefscheck>, C<preservetimestamps>
and C<force> flags have precise meanings detailed in the
L<ntfsclone(8)> man page.
Use C<guestfs_ntfsclone_in> to restore the file back to a
libguestfs device.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfsclone_in"; added = (1, 17, 9);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "backupfile"); String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "ntfs3g"; cancellable = true;
test_excuse = "tested in tests/ntfsclone";
shortdesc = "restore NTFS from backup file";
longdesc = "\
Restore the C<backupfile> (from a previous call to
C<guestfs_ntfsclone_out>) to C<device>, overwriting
any existing contents of this device." };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfs_chmod"; added = (1, 55, 13);
(* We don't use Pathname for `path` argument, since that implies
NEED_ROOT, and this command only operates on unmounted devices.
*)
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "mode"; String (PlainString, "path")], [OBool "recursive"];
optional = Some "ntfs3g";
shortdesc = "change file permissions on NTFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|Change file permissions on an NTFS filesystem with
a chmod-style permission mask, using L<ntfssecaudit(8)>. Only numeric modes
are supported.
I<Note>: When using this command from guestfish, C<mode>
by default would be decimal, unless you prefix it with
C<0> to get octal, ie. use C<0700> not C<700>.
The C<device> parameter is the NTFS partition device (eg. C</dev/sda5>).
This must be unmounted.
The C<mode> parameter is the permission mode (eg. C<0744>).
The C<path> parameter is the file or directory path within the filesystem.
If the optional C<recursive> flag is set, directory permissions are set
recursively.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_label"; added = (1, 17, 9);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable, "mountable"); String (PlainString, "label")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["set_label"; "/dev/sda1"; "testlabel"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "testlabel"), [];
InitPartition, IfAvailable "ntfs3g", TestResultString (
[["mkfs"; "ntfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["set_label"; "/dev/sda1"; "testlabel2"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "testlabel2"), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestLastFail (
[["zero"; "/dev/sda1"];
["set_label"; "/dev/sda1"; "testlabel2"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "set filesystem label";
longdesc = {|Set the filesystem label on C<mountable> to C<label>.
Only some filesystem types support labels, and libguestfs supports
setting labels on only a subset of these.
=over 4
=item ext2, ext3, ext4
Labels are limited to 16 bytes.
=item NTFS
Labels are limited to 128 unicode characters.
=item XFS
The label is limited to 12 bytes. The filesystem must not
be mounted when trying to set the label.
=item btrfs
The label is limited to 255 bytes and some characters are
not allowed. Setting the label on a btrfs subvolume will set the
label on its parent filesystem. The filesystem must not be mounted
when trying to set the label.
=item fat
The label is limited to 11 bytes.
=item swap
The label is limited to 16 bytes.
=back
If there is no support for changing the label
for the type of the specified filesystem,
set_label will fail and set errno as ENOTSUP.
To read the label on a filesystem, call C<guestfs_vfs_label>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "zero_free_space"; added = (1, 17, 18);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
progress = true;
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["zero_free_space"; "/"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "zero free space in a filesystem";
longdesc = {|Zero the free space in the filesystem mounted on F<directory>.
The filesystem must be mounted read-write.
The filesystem contents are not affected, but any free space
in the filesystem is freed.
Free space is not "trimmed". You may want to call
C<guestfs_fstrim> either as an alternative to this,
or after calling this, depending on your requirements.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "lvcreate_free"; added = (1, 17, 18);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "logvol"); String (PlainString, "volgroup"); Int "percent"], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate_free"; "LV1"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate_free"; "LV2"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate_free"; "LV3"; "VG"; "50"];
["lvcreate_free"; "LV4"; "VG"; "100"];
["lvs"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 4, \"/dev/VG/LV1\", \"/dev/VG/LV2\", \"/dev/VG/LV3\", \"/dev/VG/LV4\")"), []
];
shortdesc = "create an LVM logical volume in % remaining free space";
longdesc = "\
Create an LVM logical volume called F</dev/volgroup/logvol>,
using approximately C<percent> % of the free space remaining
in the volume group. Most usefully, when C<percent> is C<100>
this will create the largest possible LV." };
{ defaults with
name = "isoinfo_device"; added = (1, 17, 19);
style = RStruct ("isodata", "isoinfo"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Isoinfo.isoinfo_device";
tests = [
InitNone, Always, TestResult (
[["isoinfo_device"; "/dev/sdd"]],
"(STREQ (ret->iso_volume_id, \"CDROM\") || "^
" STREQ (ret->iso_volume_id, \"ISOIMAGE\")) && "^
"STREQ (ret->iso_volume_set_id, \"\") && "^
"ret->iso_volume_set_size == 1 && "^
"ret->iso_volume_sequence_number == 1 && "^
"ret->iso_logical_block_size == 2048"), []
];
shortdesc = "get ISO information from primary volume descriptor of device";
longdesc = {|C<device> is an ISO device. This returns a struct of information
read from the primary volume descriptor (the ISO equivalent of the
superblock) of the device.
Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command
with the I<-d> option on the host to analyze ISO files,
instead of going through libguestfs.
For information on the primary volume descriptor fields, see
L<https://wiki.osdev.org/ISO_9660#The_Primary_Volume_Descriptor>|} };
{ defaults with
name = "isoinfo"; added = (1, 17, 19);
style = RStruct ("isodata", "isoinfo"), [String (Pathname, "isofile")], [];
impl = OCaml "Isoinfo.isoinfo";
shortdesc = "get ISO information from primary volume descriptor of ISO file";
longdesc = {|This is the same as C<guestfs_isoinfo_device> except that it
works for an ISO file located inside some other mounted filesystem.
Note that in the common case where you have added an ISO file
as a libguestfs device, you would I<not> call this. Instead
you would call C<guestfs_isoinfo_device>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vgmeta"; added = (1, 17, 20);
style = RBufferOut "metadata", [String (PlainString, "vgname")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
shortdesc = "get volume group metadata";
longdesc = {|C<vgname> is an LVM volume group. This command examines the
volume group and returns its metadata.
Note that the metadata is an internal structure used by LVM,
subject to change at any time, and is provided for information only.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "md_stat"; added = (1, 17, 21);
style = RStructList ("devices", "mdstat"), [String (Device, "md")], [];
optional = Some "mdadm";
shortdesc = "get underlying devices from an MD device";
longdesc = {|This call returns a list of the underlying devices which make
up the single software RAID array device C<md>.
To get a list of software RAID devices, call C<guestfs_list_md_devices>.
Each structure returned corresponds to one device along with
additional status information:
=over 4
=item C<mdstat_device>
The name of the underlying device.
=item C<mdstat_index>
The index of this device within the array.
=item C<mdstat_flags>
Flags associated with this device. This is a string containing
(in no specific order) zero or more of the following flags:
=over 4
=item C<W>
write-mostly
=item C<F>
device is faulty
=item C<S>
device is a RAID spare
=item C<R>
replacement
=back
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mkfs_btrfs"; added = (1, 17, 25);
style = RErr, [StringList (Device, "devices")], [OInt64 "allocstart"; OInt64 "bytecount"; OString "datatype"; OInt "leafsize"; OString "label"; OString "metadata"; OInt "nodesize"; OInt "sectorsize"];
optional = Some "btrfs";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; "0"; "268435456"; "single"; ""; "test"; "single"; "65536"; "4096"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = {|Create a btrfs filesystem, allowing all configurables to be set.
For more information on the optional arguments, see L<mkfs.btrfs(8)>.
Since btrfs filesystems can span multiple devices, this takes a
non-empty list of devices.
To create general filesystems, use C<guestfs_mkfs>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_e2attrs"; added = (1, 17, 31);
style = RString (RPlainString, "attrs"), [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs1"];
["get_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs1"]], ""), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs2"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs2"; "is"; "false"];
["get_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs2"]], "is"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs3"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs3"; "is"; "false"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs3"; "i"; "true"];
["get_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs3"]], "s"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs4"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; "adst"; "false"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; "iS"; "false"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; "i"; "true"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; "ad"; "true"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; ""; "false"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"; ""; "true"];
["get_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs4"]], "Sst"), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs5"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs5"; "R"; "false"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs6"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs6"; "v"; "false"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs7"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs7"; "aa"; "false"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/e2attrs8"];
["set_e2attrs"; "/e2attrs8"; "BabcdB"; "false"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "get ext2 file attributes of a file";
longdesc = {|This returns the file attributes associated with F<file>.
The attributes are a set of bits associated with each
inode which affect the behaviour of the file. The attributes
are returned as a string of letters (described below). The
string may be empty, indicating that no file attributes are
set for this file.
These attributes are only present when the file is located on
an ext2/3/4 filesystem. Using this call on other filesystem
types will result in an error.
The characters (file attributes) in the returned string are
currently:
=over 4
=item 'A'
When the file is accessed, its atime is not modified.
=item 'a'
The file is append-only.
=item 'c'
The file is compressed on-disk.
=item 'D'
(Directories only.) Changes to this directory are written
synchronously to disk.
=item 'd'
The file is not a candidate for backup (see L<dump(8)>).
=item 'E'
The file has compression errors.
=item 'e'
The file is using extents.
=item 'h'
The file is storing its blocks in units of the filesystem blocksize
instead of sectors.
=item 'I'
(Directories only.) The directory is using hashed trees.
=item 'i'
The file is immutable. It cannot be modified, deleted or renamed.
No link can be created to this file.
=item 'j'
The file is data-journaled.
=item 's'
When the file is deleted, all its blocks will be zeroed.
=item 'S'
Changes to this file are written synchronously to disk.
=item 'T'
(Directories only.) This is a hint to the block allocator
that subdirectories contained in this directory should be
spread across blocks. If not present, the block allocator
will try to group subdirectories together.
=item 't'
For a file, this disables tail-merging.
(Not used by upstream implementations of ext2.)
=item 'u'
When the file is deleted, its blocks will be saved, allowing
the file to be undeleted.
=item 'X'
The raw contents of the compressed file may be accessed.
=item 'Z'
The compressed file is dirty.
=back
More file attributes may be added to this list later. Not all
file attributes may be set for all kinds of files. For
detailed information, consult the L<chattr(1)> man page.
See also C<guestfs_set_e2attrs>.
Don't confuse these attributes with extended attributes
(see C<guestfs_getxattr>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_e2attrs"; added = (1, 17, 31);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file"); String (PlainString, "attrs")], [OBool "clear"];
shortdesc = "set ext2 file attributes of a file";
longdesc = {|This sets or clears the file attributes C<attrs>
associated with the inode F<file>.
C<attrs> is a string of characters representing
file attributes. See C<guestfs_get_e2attrs> for a list of
possible attributes. Not all attributes can be changed.
If optional boolean C<clear> is not present or false, then
the C<attrs> listed are set in the inode.
If C<clear> is true, then the C<attrs> listed are cleared
in the inode.
In both cases, other attributes not present in the C<attrs>
string are left unchanged.
These attributes are only present when the file is located on
an ext2/3/4 filesystem. Using this call on other filesystem
types will result in an error.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "get_e2generation"; added = (1, 17, 31);
style = RInt64 "generation", [String (Pathname, "file")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["touch"; "/e2generation"];
["set_e2generation"; "/e2generation"; "123456"];
["get_e2generation"; "/e2generation"]], "ret == 123456"), []
];
shortdesc = "get ext2 file generation of a file";
longdesc = {|This returns the ext2 file generation of a file. The generation
(which used to be called the "version") is a number associated
with an inode. This is most commonly used by NFS servers.
The generation is only present when the file is located on
an ext2/3/4 filesystem. Using this call on other filesystem
types will result in an error.
See C<guestfs_set_e2generation>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_e2generation"; added = (1, 17, 31);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "file"); Int64 "generation"], [];
shortdesc = "set ext2 file generation of a file";
longdesc = "\
This sets the ext2 file generation of a file.
See C<guestfs_get_e2generation>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_snapshot"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "source"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OBool "ro"; OString "qgroupid"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeSnapshot";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["mkdir"; "/dir"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/test1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/test2"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/dir/test3"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_subvolume_snapshot"; "/dir/test3"; "/dir/test5"; "true"; "NOARG"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create a btrfs snapshot";
longdesc = {|Create a snapshot of the btrfs subvolume C<source>.
The C<dest> argument is the destination directory and the name
of the snapshot, in the form F</path/to/dest/name>. By default
the newly created snapshot is writable, if the value of optional
parameter C<ro> is true, then a readonly snapshot is created. The
optional parameter C<qgroupid> represents the qgroup which the
newly created snapshot will be added to.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_delete"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "subvolume")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeDelete";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/test1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_subvolume_delete"; "/test1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "delete a btrfs subvolume or snapshot";
longdesc = "\
Delete the named btrfs subvolume or snapshot." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_create"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dest")], [OString "qgroupid"];
once_had_no_optargs = true;
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeCreate";
shortdesc = "create a btrfs subvolume";
longdesc = "\
Create a btrfs subvolume. The C<dest> argument is the destination
directory and the name of the subvolume, in the form F</path/to/dest/name>.
The optional parameter C<qgroupid> represents the qgroup which the newly
created subvolume will be added to." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_list"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RStructList ("subvolumes", "btrfssubvolume"), [String (Mountable_or_Path, "fs")], [];
impl = OCaml "Btrfs.btrfs_subvolume_list";
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeList";
test_excuse = "tested in tests/btrfs";
shortdesc = "list btrfs snapshots and subvolumes";
longdesc = "\
List the btrfs snapshots and subvolumes of the btrfs filesystem
which is mounted at C<fs>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_set_default"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [Int64 "id"; String (Pathname, "fs")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeSetDefault";
test_excuse = "tested in tests/btrfs";
shortdesc = "set default btrfs subvolume";
longdesc = "\
Set the subvolume of the btrfs filesystem C<fs> which will
be mounted by default. See C<guestfs_btrfs_subvolume_list> to
get a list of subvolumes." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_filesystem_sync"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "fs")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSFilesystemSync";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/test1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_filesystem_sync"; "/test1"];
["btrfs_filesystem_balance"; "/test1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "sync a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Force sync on the btrfs filesystem mounted at C<fs>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_filesystem_balance"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "fs")], [];
fish_alias = ["btrfs-balance"];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSFilesystemBalance";
shortdesc = "balance a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Balance the chunks in the btrfs filesystem mounted at C<fs>
across the underlying devices." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_device_add"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [StringList (Device, "devices"); String (Pathname, "fs")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSDeviceAdd";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough to test this thoroughly, so there is an external test in 'tests/btrfs' directory";
shortdesc = "add devices to a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Add the list of device(s) in C<devices> to the btrfs filesystem
mounted at C<fs>. If C<devices> is an empty list, this does nothing." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_device_delete"; added = (1, 17, 35);
style = RErr, [StringList (Device, "devices"); String (Pathname, "fs")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSDeviceDelete";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough to test this thoroughly, so there is an external test in 'tests/btrfs' directory.";
shortdesc = "remove devices from a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Remove the C<devices> from the btrfs filesystem mounted at C<fs>.
If C<devices> is an empty list, this does nothing." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_set_seeding"; added = (1, 17, 43);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Bool "seeding"], [];
optional = Some "btrfs";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_set_seeding"; "/dev/sda1"; "true"];
["btrfs_set_seeding"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable or disable the seeding feature of device";
longdesc = "\
Enable or disable the seeding feature of a device that contains
a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "filesystem_available"; added = (1, 19, 5);
style = RBool "fsavail", [String (PlainString, "filesystem")], [];
shortdesc = "check if filesystem is available";
longdesc = {|Check whether libguestfs supports the named filesystem.
The argument C<filesystem> is a filesystem name, such as
C<ext3>.
You must call C<guestfs_launch> before using this command.
This is mainly useful as a negative test. If this returns true,
it doesn't mean that a particular filesystem can be created
or mounted, since filesystems can fail for other reasons
such as it being a later version of the filesystem,
or having incompatible features, or lacking the right
mkfs.E<lt>I<fs>E<gt> tool.
See also C<guestfs_available>, C<guestfs_feature_available>,
L<guestfs(3)/AVAILABILITY>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fstrim"; added = (1, 19, 6);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "mountpoint")], [OInt64 "offset"; OInt64 "length"; OInt64 "minimumfreeextent"];
optional = Some "fstrim";
shortdesc = "trim free space in a filesystem";
longdesc = {|Trim the free space in the filesystem mounted on C<mountpoint>.
The filesystem must be mounted read-write.
The filesystem contents are not affected, but any free space
in the filesystem is "trimmed", that is, given back to the host
device, thus making disk images more sparse, allowing unused space
in qcow2 files to be reused, etc.
This operation requires support in libguestfs, the mounted
filesystem, the host filesystem, qemu and the host kernel.
If this support isn't present it may give an error or even
appear to run but do nothing.
In the case where the kernel vfs driver does not support
trimming, this call will fail with errno set to C<ENOTSUP>.
Currently this happens when trying to trim FAT filesystems.
See also C<guestfs_zero_free_space>. That is a slightly
different operation that turns free space in the filesystem
into zeroes. It is valid to call C<guestfs_fstrim> either
instead of, or after calling C<guestfs_zero_free_space>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "nr_devices"; added = (1, 19, 15);
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.nr_devices";
style = RInt "nrdisks", [], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["nr_devices"]], "ret == 4"), []
];
shortdesc = "return number of whole block devices (disks) added";
longdesc = {|This returns the number of whole block devices that were
added. This is the same as the number of devices that would
be returned if you called C<guestfs_list_devices>.
To find out the maximum number of devices that could be added,
call C<guestfs_max_disks>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "pvchange_uuid"; added = (1, 19, 26);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvchange_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "generate a new random UUID for a physical volume";
longdesc = "\
Generate a new random UUID for the physical volume C<device>." };
{ defaults with
name = "pvchange_uuid_all"; added = (1, 19, 26);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["pvchange_uuid_all"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "generate new random UUIDs for all physical volumes";
longdesc = "\
Generate new random UUIDs for all physical volumes." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgchange_uuid"; added = (1, 19, 26);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "vg")], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgchange_uuid"; "/dev/VG"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "generate a new random UUID for a volume group";
longdesc = "\
Generate a new random UUID for the volume group C<vg>." };
{ defaults with
name = "vgchange_uuid_all"; added = (1, 19, 26);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "lvm2";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgchange_uuid_all"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "generate new random UUIDs for all volume groups";
longdesc = "\
Generate new random UUIDs for all volume groups." };
{ defaults with
name = "utsname"; added = (1, 19, 27);
style = RStruct ("uts", "utsname"), [], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["utsname"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "appliance kernel version";
longdesc = "\
This returns the kernel version of the appliance, where this is
available. This information is only useful for debugging. Nothing
in the returned structure is defined by the API." };
{ defaults with
name = "xfs_growfs"; added = (1, 19, 28);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "datasec"; OBool "logsec"; OBool "rtsec"; OInt64 "datasize"; OInt64 "logsize"; OInt64 "rtsize"; OInt64 "rtextsize"; OInt "maxpct"];
optional = Some "xfs";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["pvcreate"; "/dev/sda1"];
["vgcreate"; "VG"; "/dev/sda1"];
["lvcreate"; "LV"; "VG"; "300"];
["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/VG/LV"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["lvresize"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "400"];
["mount"; "/dev/VG/LV"; "/"];
["xfs_growfs"; "/"; "true"; "false"; "false"; ""; ""; ""; ""; ""];
["xfs_info"; "/"]], "ret->xfs_blocksize == 4096"), [];
];
shortdesc = "expand an existing XFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|Grow the XFS filesystem mounted at C<path>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "rsync"; added = (1, 19, 29);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OBool "archive"; OBool "deletedest"];
optional = Some "rsync";
test_excuse = "tests are in tests/rsync";
shortdesc = "synchronize the contents of two directories";
longdesc = {|This call may be used to copy or synchronize two directories
under the same libguestfs handle. This uses the L<rsync(1)>
program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files
unnecessarily.
C<src> and C<dest> are the source and destination directories.
Files are copied from C<src> to C<dest>.
The optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<archive>
Turns on archive mode. This is the same as passing the
I<--archive> flag to C<rsync>.
=item C<deletedest>
Delete files at the destination that do not exist at the source.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "rsync_in"; added = (1, 19, 29);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "remote"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OBool "archive"; OBool "deletedest"];
optional = Some "rsync";
test_excuse = "tests are in tests/rsync";
shortdesc = "synchronize host or remote filesystem with filesystem";
longdesc = {|This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem
on the host or on a remote computer with the filesystem
within libguestfs. This uses the L<rsync(1)> program
which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
This call only works if the network is enabled. See
C<guestfs_set_network> or the I<--network> option to
various tools like L<guestfish(1)>.
Files are copied from the remote server and directory
specified by C<remote> to the destination directory C<dest>.
The format of the remote server string is defined by L<rsync(1)>.
Note that there is no way to supply a password or passphrase
so the target must be set up not to require one.
The optional arguments are the same as those of C<guestfs_rsync>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "rsync_out"; added = (1, 19, 29);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (PlainString, "remote")], [OBool "archive"; OBool "deletedest"];
optional = Some "rsync";
test_excuse = "tests are in tests/rsync";
shortdesc = "synchronize filesystem with host or remote filesystem";
longdesc = {|This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem within
libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.
This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that
avoids copying files unnecessarily.
This call only works if the network is enabled. See
C<guestfs_set_network> or the I<--network> option to
various tools like L<guestfish(1)>.
Files are copied from the source directory C<src> to the
remote server and directory specified by C<remote>.
The format of the remote server string is defined by L<rsync(1)>.
Note that there is no way to supply a password or passphrase
so the target must be set up not to require one.
The optional arguments are the same as those of C<guestfs_rsync>.
Globbing does not happen on the C<src> parameter. In programs
which use the API directly you have to expand wildcards yourself
(see C<guestfs_glob_expand>). In guestfish you can use the C<glob>
command (see L<guestfish(1)/glob>), for example:
><fs> glob rsync-out /* rsync://remote/|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ls0"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dir"); String (FileOut, "filenames")], [];
shortdesc = "get list of files in a directory";
longdesc = {|This specialized command is used to get a listing of
the filenames in the directory C<dir>. The list of filenames
is written to the local file F<filenames> (on the host).
In the output file, the filenames are separated by C<\0> characters.
C<.> and C<..> are not returned. The filenames are not sorted.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "fill_dir"; added = (1, 19, 32);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dir"); Int "nr"], [];
shortdesc = "fill a directory with empty files";
longdesc = "\
This function, useful for testing filesystems, creates C<nr>
empty files in the directory C<dir> with names C<00000000>
through C<nr-1> (ie. each file name is 8 digits long padded
with zeroes)." };
{ defaults with
name = "xfs_admin"; added = (1, 19, 33);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OBool "extunwritten"; OBool "imgfile"; OBool "v2log"; OBool "projid32bit"; OBool "lazycounter"; OString "label"; OString "uuid"];
optional = Some "xfs";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["xfs_admin"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; ""; ""; ""; "NOARG"; stable_uuid];
["vfs_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"]], stable_uuid), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["xfs_admin"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; ""; ""; ""; "LBL-TEST"; "NOARG"];
["vfs_label"; "/dev/sda1"]], "LBL-TEST"), [];
];
shortdesc = "change parameters of an XFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|Change the parameters of the XFS filesystem on C<device>.
Devices that are mounted cannot be modified.
Administrators must unmount filesystems before this call
can modify parameters.
Some of the parameters of a mounted filesystem can be examined
and modified using the C<guestfs_xfs_info> and
C<guestfs_xfs_growfs> calls.
Beginning with XFS version 5, it is no longer possible to modify
the lazy-counters setting (ie. C<lazycounter> parameter has no effect).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "xfs_repair"; added = (1, 19, 36);
style = RInt "status", [String (Dev_or_Path, "device")], [OBool "forcelogzero"; OBool "nomodify"; OBool "noprefetch"; OBool "forcegeometry"; OInt64 "maxmem"; OInt64 "ihashsize"; OInt64 "bhashsize"; OInt64 "agstride"; OString "logdev"; OString "rtdev"];
optional = Some "xfs";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["xfs_repair"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "true"; ""; ""; ""; ""; ""; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"]
]), []
];
shortdesc = "repair an XFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|Repair corrupt or damaged XFS filesystem on C<device>.
The filesystem is specified using the C<device> argument which should be
the device name of the disk partition or volume containing the filesystem.
If given the name of a block device, C<xfs_repair> will attempt to find
the raw device associated with the specified block device and will use
the raw device instead.
Regardless, the filesystem to be repaired must be unmounted, otherwise,
the resulting filesystem may be inconsistent or corrupt.
The returned status indicates whether filesystem corruption was
detected (returns C<1>) or was not detected (returns C<0>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "rm_f"; added = (1, 19, 42);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultFalse
[["mkdir"; "/rm_f"];
["touch"; "/rm_f/foo"];
["rm_f"; "/rm_f/foo"];
["rm_f"; "/rm_f/not_exists"];
["exists"; "/rm_f/foo"]], [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail
[["mkdir"; "/rm_f2"];
["mkdir"; "/rm_f2/foo"];
["rm_f"; "/rm_f2/foo"]], []
];
shortdesc = "remove a file ignoring errors";
longdesc = {|Remove the file C<path>.
If the file doesn't exist, that error is ignored. (Other errors,
eg. I/O errors or bad paths, are not ignored)
This call cannot remove directories.
Use C<guestfs_rmdir> to remove an empty directory,
or C<guestfs_rm_rf> to remove directories recursively.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mke2fs"; added = (1, 19, 44);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OInt64 "blockscount"; OInt64 "blocksize"; OInt64 "fragsize"; OInt64 "blockspergroup"; OInt64 "numberofgroups"; OInt64 "bytesperinode"; OInt64 "inodesize"; OInt64 "journalsize"; OInt64 "numberofinodes"; OInt64 "stridesize"; OInt64 "stripewidth"; OInt64 "maxonlineresize"; OInt "reservedblockspercentage"; OInt "mmpupdateinterval"; OString "journaldevice"; OString "label"; OString "lastmounteddir"; OString "creatoros"; OString "fstype"; OString "usagetype"; OString "uuid"; OBool "forcecreate"; OBool "writesbandgrouponly"; OBool "lazyitableinit"; OBool "lazyjournalinit"; OBool "testfs"; OBool "discard"; OBool "quotatype"; OBool "extent"; OBool "filetype"; OBool "flexbg"; OBool "hasjournal"; OBool "journaldev"; OBool "largefile"; OBool "quota"; OBool "resizeinode"; OBool "sparsesuper"; OBool "uninitbg"];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "-64"];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; "true"; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda2"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "/dev/sda1";
"NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "ext2"; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda2"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "new file contents"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "-64"];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "/dev/sda1";
"JOURNAL"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "ext2"; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; "true"; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda2"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "LABEL=JOURNAL";
"JOURNAL"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "ext2"; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda2"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "new file contents"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "204800"; "-64"];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "NOARG";
stable_uuid; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; "true"; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mke2fs"; "/dev/sda2"; ""; "4096"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "UUID=" ^ stable_uuid;
"JOURNAL"; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; "ext2"; "NOARG";
"NOARG"; "true"; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""; ""; "";
""; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda2"; "/"];
["write"; "/new"; "new file contents"];
["cat"; "/new"]], "new file contents"), []
];
shortdesc = "create an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem on device";
(* XXX document optional args properly *)
longdesc = {|C<mke2fs> is used to create an ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem
on C<device>.
The optional C<blockscount> is the size of the filesystem in blocks.
If omitted it defaults to the size of C<device>. Note if the
filesystem is too small to contain a journal, C<mke2fs> will
silently create an ext2 filesystem instead.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "list_disk_labels"; added = (1, 19, 49);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RDevice, "labels"), [], [];
tests = [
(* The test disks have no labels, so we can be sure there are
* no labels. See in tests/disk-labels/ for tests checking
* for actual disk labels.
*
* Also, we make use of the assumption that RHashtable is a
* char*[] in C, so an empty hash has just a NULL element.
*)
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResult (
[["list_disk_labels"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 0)"), [];
];
shortdesc = "mapping of disk labels to devices";
longdesc = {|If you add drives using the optional C<label> parameter
of C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>, you can use this call to
map between disk labels, and raw block device and partition
names (like F</dev/sda> and F</dev/sda1>).
This returns a hashtable, where keys are the disk labels
(I<without> the F</dev/disk/guestfs> prefix), and the values
are the full raw block device and partition names
(eg. F</dev/sda> and F</dev/sda1>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mktemp"; added = (1, 19, 53);
style = RString (RPlainString, "path"), [String (Pathname, "tmpl")], [OString "suffix"];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["mkdir"; "/mktemp"];
["mktemp"; "/mktemp/tmpXXXXXX"; "NOARG"];
["mktemp"; "/mktemp/tmpXXXXXX"; "suff"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create a temporary file";
longdesc = {|This command creates a temporary file. The
C<tmpl> parameter should be a full pathname for the
temporary directory name with the final six characters being
"XXXXXX".
For example: "/tmp/myprogXXXXXX" or "/Temp/myprogXXXXXX",
the second one being suitable for Windows filesystems.
The name of the temporary file that was created
is returned.
The temporary file is created with mode 0600
and is owned by root.
The caller is responsible for deleting the temporary
file after use.
If the optional C<suffix> parameter is given, then the suffix
(eg. C<.txt>) is appended to the temporary name.
See also: C<guestfs_mkdtemp>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "mklost_and_found"; added = (1, 19, 56);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "mountpoint")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestRun (
[["rm_rf"; "/lost+found"];
["mklost_and_found"; "/"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "make lost+found directory on an ext2/3/4 filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Make the C<lost+found> directory, normally in the root directory
of an ext2/3/4 filesystem. C<mountpoint> is the directory under
which we try to create the C<lost+found> directory." };
{ defaults with
name = "acl_get_file"; added = (1, 19, 63);
style = RString (RPlainString, "acl"), [String (Pathname, "path"); String (PlainString, "acltype")], [];
optional = Some "acl";
shortdesc = "get the POSIX ACL attached to a file";
longdesc = {|This function returns the POSIX Access Control List (ACL) attached
to C<path>. The ACL is returned in "long text form" (see L<acl(5)>).
The C<acltype> parameter may be:
=over 4
=item C<access>
Return the ordinary (access) ACL for any file, directory or
other filesystem object.
=item C<default>
Return the default ACL. Normally this only makes sense if
C<path> is a directory.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "acl_set_file"; added = (1, 19, 63);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); String (PlainString, "acltype"); String (PlainString, "acl")], [];
optional = Some "acl";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["touch"; "/acl_set_file_0"];
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_0"; "access"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x"];
["acl_get_file"; "/acl_set_file_0"; "access"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["touch"; "/acl_set_file_1"];
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_1"; "access"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x,m::rwx,u:500:rw,g:600:x"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/acl_set_file_2"];
(* m (mask) entry is required when setting user or group ACLs *)
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_2"; "access"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x,u:500:rw,g:600:x"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/acl_set_file_3"];
(* user does not exist *)
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_3"; "access"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x,m::rwx,u:notauser:rw"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/acl_set_file_4"];
(* cannot set default on a non-directory *)
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_4"; "default"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["mkdir"; "/acl_set_file_5"];
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_set_file_5"; "default"; "u::r-x,g::r-x,o::r-x"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the POSIX ACL attached to a file";
longdesc = {|This function sets the POSIX Access Control List (ACL) attached
to C<path>.
The C<acltype> parameter may be:
=over 4
=item C<access>
Set the ordinary (access) ACL for any file, directory or
other filesystem object.
=item C<default>
Set the default ACL. Normally this only makes sense if
C<path> is a directory.
=back
The C<acl> parameter is the new ACL in either "long text form"
or "short text form" (see L<acl(5)>). The new ACL completely
replaces any previous ACL on the file. The ACL must contain the
full Unix permissions (eg. C<u::rwx,g::rx,o::rx>).
If you are specifying individual users or groups, then the
mask field is also required (eg. C<m::rwx>), followed by the
C<u:I<ID>:...> and/or C<g:I<ID>:...> field(s). A full ACL
string might therefore look like this:
u::rwx,g::rwx,o::rwx,m::rwx,u:500:rwx,g:500:rwx
\ Unix permissions / \mask/ \ ACL /
You should use numeric UIDs and GIDs. To map usernames and
groupnames to the correct numeric ID in the context of the
guest, use the Augeas functions (see C<guestfs_aug_init>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "acl_delete_def_file"; added = (1, 19, 63);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dir")], [];
optional = Some "acl";
tests = [
(* Documentation for libacl says this should fail, but it doesn't.
* Therefore disable this test.
*)
InitScratchFS, Disabled, TestLastFail (
[["touch"; "/acl_delete_def_file_0"];
["acl_delete_def_file"; "/acl_delete_def_file_0"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["mkdir"; "/acl_delete_def_file_1"];
["acl_set_file"; "/acl_delete_def_file_1"; "default"; "user::r-x,group::r-x,other::r-x"];
["acl_delete_def_file"; "/acl_delete_def_file_1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "delete the default POSIX ACL of a directory";
longdesc = "\
This function deletes the default POSIX Access Control List (ACL)
attached to directory C<dir>." };
{ defaults with
name = "cap_get_file"; added = (1, 19, 63);
style = RString (RPlainString, "cap"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "linuxcaps";
shortdesc = "get the Linux capabilities attached to a file";
longdesc = "\
This function returns the Linux capabilities attached to C<path>.
The capabilities set is returned in text form (see L<cap_to_text(3)>).
If no capabilities are attached to a file, an empty string is returned." };
{ defaults with
name = "cap_set_file"; added = (1, 19, 63);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); String (PlainString, "cap")], [];
optional = Some "linuxcaps";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["touch"; "/cap_set_file_0"];
["cap_set_file"; "/cap_set_file_0"; "cap_chown=p cap_chown+e"];
["cap_get_file"; "/cap_set_file_0"]], "cap_chown=ep"), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the Linux capabilities attached to a file";
longdesc = "\
This function sets the Linux capabilities attached to C<path>.
The capabilities set C<cap> should be passed in text form
(see L<cap_from_text(3)>)." };
{ defaults with
name = "list_ldm_volumes"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Ldm.list_ldm_volumes";
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "list all Windows dynamic disk volumes";
longdesc = "\
This function returns all Windows dynamic disk volumes
that were found at launch time. It returns a list of
device names." };
{ defaults with
name = "list_ldm_partitions"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Ldm.list_ldm_partitions";
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "list all Windows dynamic disk partitions";
longdesc = "\
This function returns all Windows dynamic disk partitions
that were found at launch time. It returns a list of
device names." };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_create_all"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "scan and create Windows dynamic disk volumes";
longdesc = {|This function scans all block devices looking for Windows
dynamic disk volumes and partitions, and creates devices
for any that were found.
Call C<guestfs_list_ldm_volumes> and C<guestfs_list_ldm_partitions>
to return all devices.
Note that you B<don't> normally need to call this explicitly,
since it is done automatically at C<guestfs_launch> time.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_remove_all"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "remove all Windows dynamic disk volumes";
longdesc = "\
This is essentially the opposite of C<guestfs_ldmtool_create_all>.
It removes the device mapper mappings for all Windows dynamic disk
volumes" };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_scan"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "guids"), [], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "scan for Windows dynamic disks";
longdesc = {|This function scans for Windows dynamic disks. It returns a list
of identifiers (GUIDs) for all disk groups that were found. These
identifiers can be passed to other C<guestfs_ldmtool_*> functions.
This function scans all block devices. To scan a subset of
block devices, call C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan_devices> instead.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_scan_devices"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "guids"), [StringList (Device, "devices")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "scan for Windows dynamic disks";
longdesc = {|This function scans for Windows dynamic disks. It returns a list
of identifiers (GUIDs) for all disk groups that were found. These
identifiers can be passed to other C<guestfs_ldmtool_*> functions.
The parameter C<devices> is a list of block devices which are
scanned. If this list is empty, all block devices are scanned.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_diskgroup_name"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RString (RPlainString, "name"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the name of a Windows dynamic disk group";
longdesc = "\
Return the name of a Windows dynamic disk group. The C<diskgroup>
parameter should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from
the list returned by C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>." };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_diskgroup_volumes"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RPlainString, "volumes"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the volumes in a Windows dynamic disk group";
longdesc = "\
Return the volumes in a Windows dynamic disk group. The C<diskgroup>
parameter should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from
the list returned by C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>." };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_diskgroup_disks"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "disks"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the disks in a Windows dynamic disk group";
longdesc = "\
Return the disks in a Windows dynamic disk group. The C<diskgroup>
parameter should be the GUID of a disk group, one element from
the list returned by C<guestfs_ldmtool_scan>." };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_volume_type"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RString (RPlainString, "voltype"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup"); String (PlainString, "volume")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the type of a Windows dynamic disk volume";
longdesc = {|Return the type of the volume named C<volume> in the disk
group with GUID C<diskgroup>.
Possible volume types that can be returned here include:
C<simple>, C<spanned>, C<striped>, C<mirrored>, C<raid5>.
Other types may also be returned.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_volume_hint"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RString (RPlainString, "hint"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup"); String (PlainString, "volume")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the hint field of a Windows dynamic disk volume";
longdesc = "\
Return the hint field of the volume named C<volume> in the disk
group with GUID C<diskgroup>. This may not be defined, in which
case the empty string is returned. The hint field is often, though
not always, the name of a Windows drive, eg. C<E:>." };
{ defaults with
name = "ldmtool_volume_partitions"; added = (1, 20, 0);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "partitions"), [String (PlainString, "diskgroup"); String (PlainString, "volume")], [];
optional = Some "ldm";
shortdesc = "return the partitions in a Windows dynamic disk volume";
longdesc = "\
Return the list of partitions in the volume named C<volume> in the disk
group with GUID C<diskgroup>." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_gpt_type"; added = (1, 21, 1);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; String (GUID, "guid")], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_set_gpt_type";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_set_gpt_type"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "f"]]), [];
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_gpt_type"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_gpt_type"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the type GUID of a GPT partition";
longdesc = {|Set the type GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to C<guid>. Return an
error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT, or if C<guid> is not a
valid GUID.
See L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table#Partition_type_GUIDs>
for a useful list of type GUIDs.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_gpt_type"; added = (1, 21, 1);
style = RString (RPlainString, "guid"), [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_get_gpt_type";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_gpt_type"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_gpt_type"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get the type GUID of a GPT partition";
longdesc = "\
Return the type GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_gpt_attributes"; added = (1, 21, 1);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; Int64 "attributes"], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_set_gpt_attributes";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestResult (
[["part_set_gpt_attributes"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
"4"];
["part_get_gpt_attributes"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"ret == 4"), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the attribute flags of a GPT partition";
longdesc = {|Set the attribute flags of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to C<attributes>. Return an
error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT.
See L<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table#Partition_entries>
for a useful list of partition attributes.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_gpt_attributes"; added = (1, 21, 1);
style = RInt64 "attributes", [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_get_gpt_attributes";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestResult (
[["part_set_gpt_attributes"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
(* bits 0, 2, 48 and 49 set *) "844424930131973"];
["part_get_gpt_attributes"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"ret == 844424930131973"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get the attribute flags of a GPT partition";
longdesc = "\
Return the attribute flags of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>.
An error is returned for MBR partitions." };
{ defaults with
name = "rename"; added = (1, 21, 5);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "oldpath"); String (Pathname, "newpath")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["mkdir"; "/rename"];
["write"; "/rename/old"; "file content"];
["rename"; "/rename/old"; "/rename/new"];
["is_file"; "/rename/old"; ""]]), []
];
shortdesc = "rename a file on the same filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Rename a file to a new place on the same filesystem. This is
the same as the Linux L<rename(2)> system call. In most cases
you are better to use C<guestfs_mv> instead." };
{ defaults with
name = "is_whole_device"; added = (1, 21, 9);
style = RBool "flag", [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Devsparts.is_whole_device";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultTrue (
[["is_whole_device"; "/dev/sda"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_whole_device"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitBasicFSonLVM, Always, TestResultFalse (
[["is_whole_device"; "/dev/VG/LV"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "test if a device is a whole device";
longdesc = "\
This returns C<true> if and only if C<device> refers to a whole block
device. That is, not a partition or a logical device." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_parse_mountable"; added = (1, 21, 11);
style = RStruct ("mountable", "internal_mountable"), [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "parse a mountable string";
longdesc = "\
Parse a mountable string." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_rhbz914931"; added = (1, 21, 14);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "filename"); Int "count"], [];
visibility = VInternal;
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "used only to test rhbz914931 (internal use only)";
longdesc = "\
This is only used to debug RHBZ#914931. Note that this
deliberately crashes guestfsd." };
{ defaults with
name = "syslinux"; added = (1, 21, 27);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [OString "directory"];
optional = Some "syslinux";
shortdesc = "install the SYSLINUX bootloader";
longdesc = {|Install the SYSLINUX bootloader on C<device>.
The device parameter must be either a whole disk formatted
as a FAT filesystem, or a partition formatted as a FAT filesystem.
In the latter case, the partition should be marked as "active"
(C<guestfs_part_set_bootable>) and a Master Boot Record must be
installed (eg. using C<guestfs_pwrite_device>) on the first
sector of the whole disk.
The SYSLINUX package comes with some suitable Master Boot Records.
See the L<syslinux(1)> man page for further information.
The optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item F<directory>
Install SYSLINUX in the named subdirectory, instead of in the
root directory of the FAT filesystem.
=back
Additional configuration can be supplied to SYSLINUX by
placing a file called F<syslinux.cfg> on the FAT filesystem,
either in the root directory, or under F<directory> if that
optional argument is being used. For further information
about the contents of this file, see L<syslinux(1)>.
See also C<guestfs_extlinux>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "extlinux"; added = (1, 21, 27);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
optional = Some "extlinux";
shortdesc = "install the SYSLINUX bootloader on an ext2/3/4 or btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = {|Install the SYSLINUX bootloader on the device mounted at F<directory>.
Unlike C<guestfs_syslinux> which requires a FAT filesystem, this can
be used on an ext2/3/4 or btrfs filesystem.
The F<directory> parameter can be either a mountpoint, or a
directory within the mountpoint.
You also have to mark the partition as "active"
(C<guestfs_part_set_bootable>) and a Master Boot Record must
be installed (eg. using C<guestfs_pwrite_device>) on the first
sector of the whole disk.
The SYSLINUX package comes with some suitable Master Boot Records.
See the L<extlinux(1)> man page for further information.
Additional configuration can be supplied to SYSLINUX by
placing a file called F<extlinux.conf> on the filesystem
under F<directory>. For further information
about the contents of this file, see L<extlinux(1)>.
See also C<guestfs_syslinux>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "cp_r"; added = (1, 21, 38);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/cp_r1"];
["mkdir"; "/cp_r2"];
["write"; "/cp_r1/file"; "file content"];
["cp_r"; "/cp_r1"; "/cp_r2"];
["cat"; "/cp_r2/cp_r1/file"]], "file content"), []
];
shortdesc = "copy a file or directory recursively";
longdesc = {|This copies a file or directory from C<src> to C<dest>
recursively using the C<cp -rP> command.
Most users should use C<guestfs_cp_a> instead. This command
is useful when you don't want to preserve permissions, because
the target filesystem does not support it (primarily when
writing to DOS FAT filesystems).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "remount"; added = (1, 23, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "mountpoint")], [OBool "rw"];
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["remount"; "/"; "false"];
["write"; "/remount1"; "data"]]), [];
InitScratchFS, Always, TestRun (
[["remount"; "/"; "false"];
["remount"; "/"; "true"];
["write"; "/remount2"; "data"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "remount a filesystem with different options";
longdesc = {|This call allows you to change the C<rw> (readonly/read-write)
flag on an already mounted filesystem at C<mountpoint>,
converting a readonly filesystem to be read-write, or vice-versa.
Note that at the moment you must supply the "optional" C<rw>
parameter. In future we may allow other flags to be adjusted.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_uuid"; added = (1, 23, 10);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (PlainString, "uuid")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["set_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"; stable_uuid];
["vfs_uuid"; "/dev/sda1"]], stable_uuid), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the filesystem UUID";
longdesc = {|Set the filesystem UUID on C<device> to C<uuid>.
If this fails and the errno is ENOTSUP,
means that there is no support for changing the UUID
for the type of the specified filesystem.
Only some filesystem types support setting UUIDs.
To read the UUID on a filesystem, call C<guestfs_vfs_uuid>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_open"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "directory")], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "open the systemd journal";
longdesc = {|Open the systemd journal located in F<directory>. Any previously
opened journal handle is closed.
The contents of the journal can be read using C<guestfs_journal_next>
and C<guestfs_journal_get>.
After you have finished using the journal, you should close the
handle by calling C<guestfs_journal_close>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_close"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RErr, [], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "close the systemd journal";
longdesc = "\
Close the journal handle." };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_next"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RBool "more", [], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "move to the next journal entry";
longdesc = {|Move to the next journal entry. You have to call this
at least once after opening the handle before you are able
to read data.
The returned boolean tells you if there are any more journal
records to read. C<true> means you can read the next record
(eg. using C<guestfs_journal_get>), and C<false> means you
have reached the end of the journal.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_skip"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RInt64 "rskip", [Int64 "skip"], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "skip forwards or backwards in the journal";
longdesc = {|Skip forwards (C<skip E<ge> 0>) or backwards (C<skip E<lt> 0>) in the
journal.
The number of entries actually skipped is returned (note S<C<rskip E<ge> 0>>).
If this is not the same as the absolute value of the skip parameter
(C<|skip|>) you passed in then it means you have reached the end or
the start of the journal.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_journal_get"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RErr, [String (FileOut, "filename")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "internal journal reading operation";
longdesc = "\
This function is used internally when reading the journal." };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_get_data_threshold"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RInt64 "threshold", [], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "get the data threshold for reading journal entries";
longdesc = {|Get the current data threshold for reading journal entries.
This is a hint to the journal that it may truncate data fields to
this size when reading them (note also that it may not truncate them).
If this returns C<0>, then the threshold is unlimited.
See also C<guestfs_journal_set_data_threshold>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_set_data_threshold"; added = (1, 23, 11);
style = RErr, [Int64 "threshold"], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "set the data threshold for reading journal entries";
longdesc = {|Set the data threshold for reading journal entries.
This is a hint to the journal that it may truncate data fields to
this size when reading them (note also that it may not truncate them).
If you set this to C<0>, then the threshold is unlimited.
See also C<guestfs_journal_get_data_threshold>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "aug_setm"; added = (1, 23, 14);
style = RInt "nodes", [String (PlainString, "base"); OptString "sub"; String (PlainString, "val")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/etc"];
["write"; "/etc/passwd"; "root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash\nbin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/sbin/nologin\ndaemon:x:2:2:daemon:/sbin:/bin/csh\n"];
["aug_init"; "/"; "0"];
["aug_setm"; "/files/etc/passwd/*"; "shell"; "/sbin/nologin"];
["aug_save"];
["cat"; "/etc/passwd"]], "root:x:0:0:root:/root:/sbin/nologin\nbin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/sbin/nologin\ndaemon:x:2:2:daemon:/sbin:/sbin/nologin\n"), [["aug_close"]]
];
shortdesc = "set multiple Augeas nodes";
longdesc = {|Change multiple Augeas nodes in a single operation. C<base> is
an expression matching multiple nodes. C<sub> is a path expression
relative to C<base>. All nodes matching C<base> are found, and then
for each node, C<sub> is changed to C<val>. C<sub> may also be C<NULL>
in which case the C<base> nodes are modified.
This returns the number of nodes modified.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "aug_label"; added = (1, 23, 14);
style = RString (RPlainString, "label"), [String (PlainString, "augpath")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["mkdir"; "/etc"];
["write"; "/etc/passwd"; "root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash\nbin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/sbin/nologin\ndaemon:x:2:2:daemon:/sbin:/bin/csh\n"];
["aug_init"; "/"; "0"];
["aug_label"; "/files/etc/passwd/*[last()]"]], "daemon"), [["aug_close"]]
];
shortdesc = "return the label from an Augeas path expression";
longdesc = "\
The label (name of the last element) of the Augeas path expression
C<augpath> is returned. C<augpath> must match exactly one node, else
this function returns an error." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_upload"; added = (1, 23, 30);
style = RErr, [String (FileIn, "filename"); String (PlainString, "tmpname"); Int "mode"], [];
visibility = VInternal;
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "upload a file to the appliance (internal use only)";
longdesc = "\
This function is used internally when setting up the appliance." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_exit"; added = (1, 23, 30);
style = RErr, [], [];
(* Really VInternal, but we need to use it from the Perl bindings. XXX *)
visibility = VDebug;
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "cause the daemon to exit (internal use only)";
longdesc = "\
This function is used internally when testing the appliance." };
{ defaults with
name = "copy_attributes"; added = (1, 25, 21);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "src"); String (Pathname, "dest")], [OBool "all"; OBool "mode"; OBool "xattributes"; OBool "ownership"];
shortdesc = "copy the attributes of a path (file/directory) to another";
longdesc = {|Copy the attributes of a path (which can be a file or a directory)
to another path.
By default B<no> attribute is copied, so make sure to specify any
(or C<all> to copy everything).
The optional arguments specify which attributes can be copied:
=over 4
=item C<mode>
Copy part of the file mode from C<source> to C<destination>. Only the
UNIX permissions and the sticky/setuid/setgid bits can be copied.
=item C<xattributes>
Copy the Linux extended attributes (xattrs) from C<source> to C<destination>.
This flag does nothing if the I<linuxxattrs> feature is not available
(see C<guestfs_feature_available>).
=item C<ownership>
Copy the owner uid and the group gid of C<source> to C<destination>.
=item C<all>
Copy B<all> the attributes from C<source> to C<destination>. Enabling it
enables all the other flags, if they are not specified already.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_name"; added = (1, 25, 33);
style = RString (RPlainString, "name"), [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
shortdesc = "get partition name";
longdesc = {|This gets the partition name on partition numbered C<partnum> on
device C<device>. Note that partitions are numbered from 1.
The partition name can only be read on certain types of partition
table. This works on C<gpt> but not on C<mbr> partitions.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blkdiscard"; added = (1, 25, 44);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "blkdiscard";
shortdesc = "discard all blocks on a device";
longdesc = {|This discards all blocks on the block device C<device>, giving
the free space back to the host.
This operation requires support in libguestfs, the host filesystem,
qemu and the host kernel. If this support isn't present it may give
an error or even appear to run but do nothing. You must also
set the C<discard> attribute on the underlying drive (see
C<guestfs_add_drive_opts>).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "blkdiscardzeroes"; added = (1, 25, 44);
style = RBool "zeroes", [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "blkdiscardzeroes";
shortdesc = "return true if discarded blocks are read as zeroes";
longdesc = {|This call returns true if blocks on C<device> that have been
discarded by a call to C<guestfs_blkdiscard> are returned as
blocks of zero bytes when read the next time.
If it returns false, then it may be that discarded blocks are
read as stale or random data.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "cpio_out"; added = (1, 27, 9);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "directory"); String (FileOut, "cpiofile")], [OString "format"];
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "pack directory into cpio file";
longdesc = {|This command packs the contents of F<directory> and downloads
it to local file C<cpiofile>.
The optional C<format> parameter can be used to select the format.
Only the following formats are currently permitted:
=over 4
=item C<newc>
New (SVR4) portable format. This format happens to be compatible
with the cpio-like format used by the Linux kernel for initramfs.
This is the default format.
=item C<crc>
New (SVR4) portable format with a checksum.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "journal_get_realtime_usec"; added = (1, 27, 18);
style = RInt64 "usec", [], [];
optional = Some "journal";
test_excuse = "tests in tests/journal subdirectory";
shortdesc = "get the timestamp of the current journal entry";
longdesc = "\
Get the realtime (wallclock) timestamp of the current journal entry." };
{ defaults with
name = "statns"; added = (1, 27, 53);
style = RStruct ("statbuf", "statns"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["statns"; "/empty"]], "ret->st_size == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "get file information";
longdesc = "\
Returns file information for the given C<path>.
This is the same as the L<stat(2)> system call." };
{ defaults with
name = "lstatns"; added = (1, 27, 53);
style = RStruct ("statbuf", "statns"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResult (
[["lstatns"; "/empty"]], "ret->st_size == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "get file information for a symbolic link";
longdesc = {|Returns file information for the given C<path>.
This is the same as C<guestfs_statns> except that if C<path>
is a symbolic link, then the link is stat-ed, not the file it
refers to.
This is the same as the L<lstat(2)> system call.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_lstatnslist"; added = (1, 27, 53);
style = RStructList ("statbufs", "statns"), [String (Pathname, "path"); StringList (Filename, "names")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "lstat on multiple files";
longdesc = "\
This is the internal call which implements C<guestfs_lstatnslist>." };
{ defaults with
name = "blockdev_setra"; added = (1, 29, 10);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "sectors"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["blockdev_setra"; "/dev/sda"; "1024" ]]), []
];
shortdesc = "set readahead";
longdesc = "\
Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors) for the device.
This uses the L<blockdev(8)> command." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_get_default"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RInt64 "id", [String (Mountable_or_Path, "fs")], [];
impl = OCaml "Btrfs.btrfs_subvolume_get_default";
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeGetDefault";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestResult (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_subvolume_get_default"; "/dev/sda1"]], "ret > 0"), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestResult (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_subvolume_get_default"; "/"]], "ret > 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the default subvolume or snapshot of a filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Get the default subvolume or snapshot of a filesystem mounted at C<mountpoint>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_subvolume_show"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RPlainString, "btrfssubvolumeinfo"), [String (Pathname, "subvolume")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSSubvolumeShow";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/sub1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_subvolume_show"; "/sub1"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["mkdir"; "/dir1"];
["btrfs_subvolume_show"; "/dir1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "return detailed information of the subvolume";
longdesc = "\
Return detailed information of the subvolume." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_quota_enable"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable_or_Path, "fs"); Bool "enable"], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQuotaEnable";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/dev/sda1"; "true"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "false"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "enable or disable subvolume quota support";
longdesc = "\
Enable or disable subvolume quota support for filesystem which contains C<path>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_quota_rescan"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable_or_Path, "fs")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQuotaRescan";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/dev/sda1"; "true"];
["btrfs_quota_rescan"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_quota_rescan"; "/"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "trash all qgroup numbers and scan the metadata again with the current config";
longdesc = "\
Trash all qgroup numbers and scan the metadata again with the current config." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_limit"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "subvolume"); Int64 "size"], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupLimit";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_qgroup_limit"; "/"; "10737418240"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestLastFail (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "false"];
["btrfs_qgroup_limit"; "/"; "10737418240"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "limit the size of a subvolume";
longdesc = "\
Limit the size of the subvolume with path C<subvolume>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_create"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "qgroupid"); String (Pathname, "subvolume")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupCreate";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/sub1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "1/1000"; "/sub1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "create a subvolume quota group";
longdesc = "\
Create a quota group (qgroup) for subvolume at C<subvolume>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_destroy"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "qgroupid"); String (Pathname, "subvolume")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupDestroy";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/sub1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "1/1000"; "/sub1"];
["btrfs_qgroup_destroy"; "1/1000"; "/sub1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "destroy a subvolume quota group";
longdesc = "\
Destroy a quota group." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_show"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RStructList ("qgroups", "btrfsqgroup"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_subvolume_create"; "/sub1"; "NOARG"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "1/1000"; "/sub1"];
["btrfs_qgroup_show"; "/"]]), [];
];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupShow";
shortdesc = "show subvolume quota groups";
longdesc = "\
Show all subvolume quota groups in a btrfs filesystem, including their
usages." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_assign"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "src"); String (PlainString, "dst"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupAssign";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "1/1000"; "/"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "2/1000"; "/"];
["btrfs_qgroup_assign"; "1/1000"; "2/1000"; "/"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "add a qgroup to a parent qgroup";
longdesc = "\
Add qgroup C<src> to parent qgroup C<dst>. This command can group
several qgroups into a parent qgroup to share common limit." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_qgroup_remove"; added = (1, 29, 17);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "src"); String (PlainString, "dst"); String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSQgroupRemove";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_quota_enable"; "/"; "true"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "1/1000"; "/"];
["btrfs_qgroup_create"; "2/1000"; "/"];
["btrfs_qgroup_assign"; "1/1000"; "2/1000"; "/"];
["btrfs_qgroup_remove"; "1/1000"; "2/1000"; "/"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "remove a qgroup from its parent qgroup";
longdesc = "\
Remove qgroup C<src> from the parent qgroup C<dst>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_scrub_start"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSScrubStart";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_scrub_start"; "/"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "read all data from all disks and verify checksums";
longdesc = "\
Reads all the data and metadata on the filesystem, and uses checksums
and the duplicate copies from RAID storage to identify and repair any
corrupt data." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_scrub_cancel"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSScrubCancel";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough that btrfs_scrub_start completes before we can cancel it";
shortdesc = "cancel a running scrub";
longdesc = "\
Cancel a running scrub on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_scrub_resume"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSScrubResume";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough that btrfs_scrub_start completes before we can cancel and resume it";
shortdesc = "resume a previously canceled or interrupted scrub";
longdesc = "\
Resume a previously canceled or interrupted scrub on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_balance_pause"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSBalancePause";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough to test this thoroughly";
shortdesc = "pause a running balance";
longdesc = "\
Pause a running balance on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_balance_cancel"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSBalanceCancel";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough that btrfs_balance completes before we can cancel it";
shortdesc = "cancel a running or paused balance";
longdesc = "\
Cancel a running balance on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_balance_resume"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSBalanceResume";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough that btrfs_balance completes before we can pause and resume it";
shortdesc = "resume a paused balance";
longdesc = "\
Resume a paused balance on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_filesystem_defragment"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "flush"; OString "compress"];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSFilesystemDefragment";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_filesystem_defragment"; "/"; "true"; "lzo"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["touch"; "/hello"];
["btrfs_filesystem_defragment"; "/hello"; ""; "zlib"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "defragment a file or directory";
longdesc = "\
Defragment a file or directory on a btrfs filesystem. compress is one of zlib or lzo." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_rescue_chunk_recover"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSRescueChunkRecover";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_rescue_chunk_recover"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "recover the chunk tree of btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Recover the chunk tree of btrfs filesystem by scanning the devices one by one." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_rescue_super_recover"; added = (1, 29, 22);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSRescueSuperRecover";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_rescue_super_recover"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "recover bad superblocks from good copies";
longdesc = "\
Recover bad superblocks from good copies." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_gpt_guid"; added = (1, 29, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; String (GUID, "guid")], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_set_gpt_guid";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_set_gpt_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "f"]]), [];
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_gpt_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_gpt_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the GUID of a GPT partition";
longdesc = "\
Set the GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum> to C<guid>. Return an
error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT, or if C<guid> is not a
valid GUID." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_gpt_guid"; added = (1, 29, 25);
style = RString (RPlainString, "guid"), [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_get_gpt_guid";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_gpt_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "1";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_gpt_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "1"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get the GUID of a GPT partition";
longdesc = "\
Return the GUID of numbered GPT partition C<partnum>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_balance_status"; added = (1, 29, 26);
style = RStruct ("status", "btrfsbalance"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSBalanceStatus";
test_excuse = "test disk isn't large enough that btrfs_balance completes before we can get its status";
shortdesc = "show the status of a running or paused balance";
longdesc = "\
Show the status of a running or paused balance on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_scrub_status"; added = (1, 29, 26);
style = RStruct ("status", "btrfsscrub"), [String (Pathname, "path")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSScrubStatus";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_scrub_start"; "/"];
["btrfs_scrub_status"; "/"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "show status of running or finished scrub";
longdesc = "\
Show status of running or finished scrub on a btrfs filesystem." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_scrub_full"; added = (1, 55, 12);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path")], [OBool "readonly"];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSScrubFull";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_scrub_full"; "/"; "false"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "run a full scrub on a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Run a full scrub on a btrfs filesystem and wait for it to finish.
If the filesystem has errors this will return an error." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfstune_seeding"; added = (1, 29, 29);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Bool "seeding"], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSTuneSeeding";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfstune_seeding"; "/dev/sda1"; "true"];
["btrfstune_seeding"; "/dev/sda1"; "false"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable or disable seeding of a btrfs device";
longdesc = "\
Enable seeding of a btrfs device, this will force a fs readonly
so that you can use it to build other filesystems." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfstune_enable_extended_inode_refs"; added = (1, 29, 29);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSTuneEnableExtendedInodeRefs";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfstune_enable_extended_inode_refs"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable extended inode refs";
longdesc = "\
This will Enable extended inode refs." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfstune_enable_skinny_metadata_extent_refs"; added = (1, 29, 29);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSTuneEnableSkinnyMetadataExtentRefs";
tests = [
InitPartition, Always, TestRun (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfstune_enable_skinny_metadata_extent_refs"; "/dev/sda1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "enable skinny metadata extent refs";
longdesc = "\
This enable skinny metadata extent refs." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_image"; added = (1, 29, 32);
style = RErr, [StringList (Device, "source"); String (Pathname, "image")], [OInt "compresslevel"];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSImage";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "2047999"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "2048000"; "4095999"];
["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda2"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["btrfs_image"; "/dev/sda2"; "/1.img"; ""];
["btrfs_image"; "/dev/sda2"; "/2.img"; "2"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "create an image of a btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
This is used to create an image of a btrfs filesystem.
All data will be zeroed, but metadata and the like is preserved." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_mbr_part_type"; added = (1, 29, 32);
style = RString (RPlainString, "partitiontype"), [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"], [];
impl = OCaml "Parted.part_get_mbr_part_type";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "e"; "204800"; "614400"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "l"; "204864"; "205988"];
["part_get_mbr_part_type"; "/dev/sda"; "5"]], "logical"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "204799"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "e"; "204800"; "614400"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "l"; "204864"; "205988"];
["part_get_mbr_part_type"; "/dev/sda"; "2"]], "extended"), []
];
shortdesc = "get the MBR partition type";
longdesc = "\
This returns the partition type of an MBR partition
numbered C<partnum> on device C<device>.
It returns C<primary>, C<logical>, or C<extended>." };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_replace"; added = (1, 29, 48);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "srcdev"); String (Device, "targetdev"); String (Pathname, "mntpoint")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSReplace";
test_excuse = "put the test in 'tests/btrfs' directory";
shortdesc = "replace a btrfs managed device with another device";
longdesc = {|Replace device of a btrfs filesystem. On a live filesystem, duplicate the data
to the target device which is currently stored on the source device.
After completion of the operation, the source device is wiped out and
removed from the filesystem.
The C<targetdev> needs to be same size or larger than the C<srcdev>. Devices
which are currently mounted are never allowed to be used as the C<targetdev>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "set_uuid_random"; added = (1, 29, 50);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestRun (
[["set_uuid_random"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "set a random UUID for the filesystem";
longdesc = {|Set the filesystem UUID on C<device> to a random UUID.
If this fails and the errno is ENOTSUP,
means that there is no support for changing the UUID
for the type of the specified filesystem.
Only some filesystem types support setting UUIDs.
To read the UUID on a filesystem, call C<guestfs_vfs_uuid>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "vfs_minimum_size"; added = (1, 31, 18);
style = RInt64 "sizeinbytes", [String (Mountable, "mountable")], [];
tests = [
InitBasicFS, Always, TestRun (
[["vfs_minimum_size"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitPartition, IfAvailable "ntfsprogs", TestRun(
[["mkfs"; "ntfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["vfs_minimum_size"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitPartition, IfAvailable "btrfs", TestRunOrUnsupported (
[["mkfs"; "btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["vfs_minimum_size"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
InitPartition, IfAvailable "xfs", TestRun (
[["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["vfs_minimum_size"; "/dev/sda1"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "get minimum filesystem size";
longdesc = {|Get the minimum size of filesystem in bytes.
This is the minimum possible size for filesystem shrinking.
If getting minimum size of specified filesystem is not supported,
this will fail and set errno as ENOTSUP.
See also L<ntfsresize(8)>, L<resize2fs(8)>, L<btrfs(8)>, L<xfs_info(8)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_feature_available"; added = (1, 31, 25);
style = RInt "result", [String (PlainString, "group")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "test availability of some parts of the API";
longdesc = "\
This is the internal call which implements C<guestfs_feature_available>." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_disk_guid"; added = (1, 33, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (GUID, "guid")], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_set_disk_guid";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestLastFail (
[["part_set_disk_guid"; "/dev/sda"; "f"]]), [];
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_disk_guid"; "/dev/sda";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_disk_guid"; "/dev/sda"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the GUID of a GPT-partitioned disk";
longdesc = "\
Set the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device> to C<guid>.
Return an error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT,
or if C<guid> is not a valid GUID." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_get_disk_guid"; added = (1, 33, 2);
style = RString (RPlainString, "guid"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_get_disk_guid";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestResultString (
[["part_set_disk_guid"; "/dev/sda";
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"];
["part_get_disk_guid"; "/dev/sda"]],
"01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF"), [];
];
shortdesc = "get the GUID of a GPT-partitioned disk";
longdesc = "\
Return the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device>.
Behaviour is undefined for other partition types." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_set_disk_guid_random"; added = (1, 33, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Sfdisk.part_set_disk_guid_random";
tests = [
InitGPT, Always, TestRun (
[["part_set_disk_guid_random"; "/dev/sda"]]), [];
];
shortdesc = "set the GUID of a GPT-partitioned disk to random value";
longdesc = "\
Set the disk identifier (GUID) of a GPT-partitioned C<device> to
a randomly generated value.
Return an error if the partition table of C<device> isn't GPT." };
{ defaults with
name = "part_expand_gpt"; added = (1, 33, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "gdisk";
shortdesc = "move backup GPT header to the end of the disk";
longdesc = {|Move backup GPT data structures to the end of the disk.
This is useful in case of in-place image expand
since disk space after backup GPT header is not usable.
This is equivalent to C<sgdisk -e>.
See also L<sgdisk(8)>.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "ntfscat_i"; added = (1, 33, 14);
style = RErr, [String (Mountable, "device"); Int64 "inode"; String (FileOut, "filename")], [];
progress = true; cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "download a file to the local machine given its inode";
longdesc = {|Download a file given its inode from a NTFS filesystem and save it as
F<filename> on the local machine.
This allows to download some otherwise inaccessible files such as the ones
within the C<$Extend> folder.
The filesystem from which to extract the file must be unmounted,
otherwise the call will fail.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "btrfs_filesystem_show"; added = (1, 33, 29);
style = RStringList (RDevice, "devices"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "btrfs"; camel_name = "BTRFSFilesystemsShow";
tests = [
InitScratchFS, Always, TestLastFail (
[["btrfs_filesystem_show"; "/dev/sdb"]]), [];
InitPartition, Always, TestResult (
[["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_filesystem_show"; "/dev/sda1"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 1, \"/dev/sda1\")"), [];
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "64"; "2047999"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "p"; "2048000"; "4095999"];
["mkfs_btrfs"; "/dev/sda1 /dev/sda2"; ""; ""; "NOARG"; ""; "NOARG"; "NOARG"; ""; ""];
["btrfs_filesystem_show"; "/dev/sda1"]],
"is_string_list (ret, 2, \"/dev/sda1\", \"/dev/sda2\")"), [];
];
shortdesc = "list devices for btrfs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
Show all the devices where the filesystems in C<device> is spanned over.
If not all the devices for the filesystems are present, then this function
fails and the C<errno> is set to C<ENODEV>." };
{ defaults with
name = "mksquashfs"; added = (1, 35, 25);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "path"); String (FileOut, "filename")], [OString "compress"; OStringList "excludes"];
optional = Some "squashfs";
cancellable = true;
shortdesc = "create a squashfs filesystem";
longdesc = {|Create a squashfs filesystem for the specified C<path>.
The optional C<compress> flag controls compression. If not given,
then the output compressed using C<gzip>. Otherwise one
of the following strings may be given to select the compression
type of the squashfs: C<gzip>, C<lzma>, C<lzo>, C<lz4>, C<xz>.
The other optional arguments are:
=over 4
=item C<excludes>
A list of wildcards. Files are excluded if they match any of the
wildcards.
=back
Please note that this API may fail when used to compress directories
with large files, such as the resulting squashfs will be over 3GB big.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "file_architecture"; added = (1, 5, 3);
style = RString (RPlainString, "arch"), [String (Pathname, "filename")], [];
impl = OCaml "Filearch.file_architecture";
tests = [
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-aarch64-dynamic"]], "aarch64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-armv7-dynamic"]], "arm"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-i586-dynamic"]], "i386"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-ppc64-dynamic"]], "ppc64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-ppc64le-dynamic"]], "ppc64le"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-riscv64-dynamic"]], "riscv64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-loongarch64-dynamic"]], "loongarch64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-s390x-dynamic"]], "s390x"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-sparc-dynamic"]], "sparc"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-win32.exe"]], "i386"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-win64.exe"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-x86_64-dynamic"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-aarch64.so"]], "aarch64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-armv7.so"]], "arm"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-i586.so"]], "i386"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-ppc64.so"]], "ppc64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-ppc64le.so"]], "ppc64le"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-riscv64.so"]], "riscv64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-loongarch64.so"]], "loongarch64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-s390x.so"]], "s390x"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-sparc.so"]], "sparc"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-win32.dll"]], "i386"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-win64.dll"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-x86_64.so"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/initrd-x86_64.img"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/initrd-x86_64.img.gz"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/bin-x86_64-dynamic.gz"]], "x86_64"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-i586.so.xz"]], "i386"), [];
InitISOFS, Always, TestResultString (
[["file_architecture"; "/lib-i586.so.zst"]], "i386"), [];
];
shortdesc = "detect the architecture of a binary file";
longdesc = {|This detects the architecture of the binary F<filename>,
and returns it if known.
Currently defined architectures are:
=over 4
=item "aarch64"
64 bit ARM.
=item "arm"
32 bit ARM.
=item "i386"
This string is returned for all 32 bit i386, i486, i586, i686 binaries
irrespective of the precise processor requirements of the binary.
=item "ia64"
Intel Itanium.
=item "ppc"
32 bit Power PC.
=item "ppc64"
64 bit Power PC (big endian).
=item "ppc64le"
64 bit Power PC (little endian).
=item "loongarch64"
64 bit LoongArch64 (little endian).
=item "riscv32"
=item "riscv64"
=item "riscv128"
RISC-V 32-, 64- or 128-bit variants.
=item "s390"
31 bit IBM S/390.
=item "s390x"
64 bit IBM S/390.
=item "sparc"
32 bit SPARC.
=item "sparc64"
64 bit SPARC V9 and above.
=item "x86_64"
64 bit x86-64.
=back
Libguestfs may return other architecture strings in future.
The function works on at least the following types of files:
=over 4
=item *
many types of Un*x and Linux binary
=item *
many types of Un*x and Linux shared library
=item *
Windows Win32 and Win64 binaries
=item *
Windows Win32 and Win64 DLLs
Win32 binaries and DLLs return C<i386>.
Win64 binaries and DLLs return C<x86_64>.
=item *
Linux kernel modules
=item *
Linux new-style initrd images
=item *
some non-x86 Linux vmlinuz kernels
=back
What it can't do currently:
=over 4
=item *
static libraries (libfoo.a)
=item *
Linux old-style initrd as compressed ext2 filesystem (RHEL 3)
=item *
x86 Linux vmlinuz kernels
x86 vmlinuz images (bzImage format) consist of a mix of 16-, 32- and
compressed code, and are horribly hard to unpack. If you want to find
the architecture of a kernel, use the architecture of the associated
initrd or kernel module(s) instead.
=back|} };
{ defaults with
name = "list_filesystems"; added = (1, 5, 15);
style = RHashtable (RMountable, RPlainString, "fses"), [], [];
impl = OCaml "Listfs.list_filesystems";
shortdesc = "list filesystems";
longdesc = {|This inspection command looks for filesystems on partitions,
block devices and logical volumes, returning a list of C<mountables>
containing filesystems and their type.
The return value is a hash, where the keys are the devices
containing filesystems, and the values are the filesystem types.
For example:
"/dev/sda1" => "ntfs"
"/dev/sda2" => "ext2"
"/dev/vg_guest/lv_root" => "ext4"
"/dev/vg_guest/lv_swap" => "swap"
The key is not necessarily a block device. It may also be an opaque
‘mountable’ string which can be passed to C<guestfs_mount>.
The value can have the special value "unknown", meaning the
content of the device is undetermined or empty.
"swap" means a Linux swap partition.
In libguestfs E<le> 1.36 this command ran other libguestfs commands,
which might have included C<guestfs_mount> and C<guestfs_umount>, and
therefore you had to use this soon after launch and only when
nothing else was mounted. This restriction is removed in libguestfs
E<ge> 1.38.
Not all of the filesystems returned will be mountable. In
particular, swap partitions are returned in the list. Also
this command does not check that each filesystem
found is valid and mountable, and some filesystems might
be mountable but require special options. Filesystems may
not all belong to a single logical operating system
(use C<guestfs_inspect_os> to look for OSes).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "part_resize"; added = (1, 37, 20);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); Int "partnum"; Int64 "endsect"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["part_init"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["part_add"; "/dev/sda"; "primary"; "1"; "-1025"];
["part_resize"; "/dev/sda"; "1"; "-1"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "resize a partition";
longdesc = {|This command resizes the partition numbered C<partnum> on C<device>
by moving the end position.
Note that this does not modify any filesystem present in the partition.
If you wish to do this, you will need to use filesystem resizing
commands like C<guestfs_resize2fs>.
When growing a partition you will want to grow the filesystem
afterwards, but when shrinking, you need to shrink the filesystem
before the partition.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "f2fs_expand"; added = (1, 39, 3);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "f2fs";
shortdesc = "expand a f2fs filesystem";
longdesc = "\
This expands a f2fs filesystem to match the size of the underlying
device." };
{ defaults with
name = "lvm_scan"; added = (1, 39, 8);
style = RErr, [Bool "activate"], [];
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestRun (
[["lvm_scan"; "true"]]), []
];
shortdesc = "scan for LVM physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes";
longdesc = {|This scans all block devices and rebuilds the list of LVM
physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.
If the C<activate> parameter is C<true> then newly found
volume groups and logical volumes are activated, meaning
the LV F</dev/VG/LV> devices become visible.
When a libguestfs handle is launched it scans for existing
devices, so you do not normally need to use this API. However
it is useful when you have added a new device or deleted an
existing device (such as when the C<guestfs_luks_open> API
is used).|} };
{ defaults with
name = "luks_uuid"; added = (1, 41, 9);
style = RString (RPlainString, "uuid"), [String (Device, "device")], [];
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "get the UUID of a LUKS device";
longdesc = "\
This returns the UUID of the LUKS device C<device>." };
{ defaults with
name = "cryptsetup_open"; added = (1, 43, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device"); String (Key, "key"); String (PlainString, "mapname")], [OBool "readonly"; OString "crypttype"; OString "cipher";];
impl = OCaml "Cryptsetup.cryptsetup_open";
optional = Some "luks";
test_excuse = "no way to format BitLocker, and smallest device is huge";
shortdesc = "open an encrypted block device";
longdesc = {|This command opens a block device which has been encrypted
according to the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) standard,
Windows BitLocker, or some other types.
C<device> is the encrypted block device or partition.
The caller must supply one of the keys associated with the
encrypted block device, in the C<key> parameter.
This creates a new block device called F</dev/mapper/mapname>.
Reads and writes to this block device are decrypted from and
encrypted to the underlying C<device> respectively.
C<mapname> cannot be C<"control"> because that name is reserved
by device-mapper.
If the optional C<crypttype> parameter is not present then
libguestfs tries to guess the correct type (for example
LUKS or BitLocker). However you can override this by
specifying one of the following types:
=over 4
=item C<luks>
A Linux LUKS device.
=item C<bitlk>
A Windows BitLocker device.
=back
The optional C<readonly> flag, if set to true, creates a
read-only mapping.
The optional C<cipher> parameter allows specifying which
cipher to use.
If this block device contains LVM volume groups, then
calling C<guestfs_lvm_scan> with the C<activate>
parameter C<true> will make them visible.
Use C<guestfs_list_dm_devices> to list all device mapper
devices.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "cryptsetup_close"; added = (1, 43, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Device, "device")], [];
impl = OCaml "Cryptsetup.cryptsetup_close";
optional = Some "luks";
shortdesc = "close an encrypted device";
longdesc = "\
This closes an encrypted device that was created earlier by
C<guestfs_cryptsetup_open>. The C<device> parameter must be
the name of the mapping device (ie. F</dev/mapper/mapname>)
and I<not> the name of the underlying block device." };
{ defaults with
name = "internal_readdir"; added = (1, 48, 2);
style = RErr, [String (Pathname, "dir"); String (FileOut, "filename")], [];
visibility = VInternal;
shortdesc = "read directories entries";
longdesc = "Internal function for readdir." };
{ defaults with
name = "clevis_luks_unlock"; added = (1, 49, 3);
style = RErr,
[String (Device, "device"); String (PlainString, "mapname")],
[];
optional = Some "clevisluks";
test_excuse = "needs networking and a configured Tang server";
shortdesc = "open an encrypted LUKS block device with Clevis and Tang";
longdesc = {|This command opens a block device that has been encrypted according to
the Linux Unified Key Setup (LUKS) standard, using network-bound disk
encryption (NBDE).
C<device> is the encrypted block device.
The appliance will connect to the Tang servers noted in the tree of
Clevis pins that is bound to a keyslot of the LUKS header. The Clevis
pin tree may comprise C<sss> (redundancy) pins as internal nodes
(optionally), and C<tang> pins as leaves. C<tpm2> pins are not
supported. The appliance unlocks the encrypted block device by
combining responses from the Tang servers with metadata from the LUKS
header; there is no C<key> parameter.
This command will fail if networking has not been enabled for the
appliance. Refer to C<guestfs_set_network>.
The command creates a new block device called F</dev/mapper/mapname>.
Reads and writes to this block device are decrypted from and encrypted
to the underlying C<device> respectively. Close the decrypted block
device with C<guestfs_cryptsetup_close>.
C<mapname> cannot be C<"control"> because that name is reserved by
device-mapper.
If this block device contains LVM volume groups, then calling
C<guestfs_lvm_scan> with the C<activate> parameter C<true> will make
them visible.
Use C<guestfs_list_dm_devices> to list all device mapper devices.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "setfiles"; added = (1, 57, 1);
style = RErr, [String (PlainString, "specfile"); StringList (Pathname, "paths")], [OBool "force"];
impl = OCaml "Selinux.setfiles";
optional = Some "selinuxrelabel";
test_excuse = "tests are in the tests/relabel directory";
shortdesc = "low level relabel parts of the filesystem";
longdesc = {|This invokes the SELinux C<setfiles> command which is a low
level tool used to relabel parts of the filesystem.
The C<specfile> parameter controls the policy spec file used.
You have to parse C</etc/selinux/config> to find the correct
SELinux policy and then pass the spec file, usually:
C</etc/selinux/> + I<selinuxtype> + C</contexts/files/file_contexts>.
The required C<paths> parameter is the list of top level directories
where relabelling starts. C<setfiles> will only relabel up to
filesystem boundaries so, for example, passing just C<"/"> will
relabel the whole root filesystem, but no other mounted filesystems.
If the list is empty, setfiles is not called.
The optional C<force> boolean controls whether the context
is reset for customizable files, and also whether the
user, role and range parts of the file context is changed.|} };
{ defaults with
name = "xfs_info2"; added = (1, 59, 2);
style = RHashtable (RPlainString, RPlainString, "info"), [String (Dev_or_Path, "pathordevice")], [];
impl = OCaml "Xfs.xfs_info2";
optional = Some "xfs";
tests = [
InitEmpty, Always, TestResult (
[["part_disk"; "/dev/sda"; "mbr"];
["mkfs"; "xfs"; "/dev/sda1"; ""; "NOARG"; ""; ""; "NOARG"];
["mount"; "/dev/sda1"; "/"];
["xfs_info2"; "/"]],
"check_hash (ret, \"data.bsize\", \"4096\") == 0"), []
];
shortdesc = "get information about the XFS filesystem";
longdesc = {|C<pathordevice> is a mounted XFS filesystem or
a device containing an XFS filesystem. This command returns
miscellaneous metadata about the XFS filesystem.
The output is a hash derived from the output of L<xfs_info(8)>,
and generally looks like:
meta-data: /dev/sda1
meta-data.isize: 512
meta-data.agcount: 4
meta-data.agsize: 65528 blks
meta-data.sectsz: 512
meta-data.attr: 2
meta-data.projid32bit: 1
meta-data.crc: 1
[...]
data.bsize: 4096
data.blocks: 262112
[...]
More information can be found by reading L<xfs_info(8)>.|} };
]
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink